tender for s / i / t / c of air conditioning system & all ... · works (electrical items) 201...

216
नाबाड , महारा ेिय कायाडलय इमारत, िवाजी नगर, पुणे म एयर कंिननंग और सभी आपेत सवल और संब कायो की आपूतड , थापना, पररण एवं कमिननंग' का कायड के लये नवधा. TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL REQUIRED CIVIL & ALLIED WORKS, FOR NABARD, MAHARASHTRA REGIONAL OFFICE, 54 WELLESLEY ROAD, SHIVAJI NAGAR, PUNE -411 005. संदभ सं. एनबी.एमआरओ.डीपीएसपी/ 972 / कायाडलय ए सी/2017-18 RFQ Ref. No. NB:MRO.DPSP./ 972 /Office AC /2017-18 नविदा जारी करने की तारीख: 22/05/2017 DATE OF ISSUE OF TENDER: - 22/05/2017 बोली पूिभ बैठक की तारीख नाबाडभ मेका, पुणे म 29/05/2017 को अपरा 3.00 बजे DATE OF PRE-BID MEETING: - ON 29/05/2017 AT 3:00 P.M. AT NABARD, MRO, PUNE नविदा तुत करने की तारीख 09/06/2017 या उससे पहले अपरा 2.00 बजे तक DATE OF SUBMISSION OF TENDER: - ON OR BEFORE 09/06/2017 UPTO 2:00 P.M. नविदा खोलने की तारीख 09/06/2017 को अपरा 3.00 बजे तक DATE OF OPENING OF TENDER: - ON 09/06/2017 AT 3.00 P.M. बोली की सुरा की िैयूबयाना रा. 8,20,000/- EARNEST MONEY DEPOSIT (EMD) Rs.8,20,000/- CLIENT: लाइंट: मुय महाबंक, THE CHIEF GENERAL MANAGER, रारीय कऔ व र ामीण विकास बक NATIONAL BANK FOR AGRICULTURE AND RURAL DEVELOPMENT, महारार ेीीय कायाभलय MAHARASHTRA REGIONAL OFFICE, 54, िलेली रोड, निाजीनगर 54, WELLESLEY ROAD, ,SHIVAJI NAGAR, पुणे- 411 005 PUNE – 411 005. 020-25500118, 25500285, [email protected] बोलीदाता के हतार Signature of Bidder

Upload: others

Post on 23-Jan-2020

4 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

नाबार्ड, महाराष्ट्र क्षेत्रिय कायाडलय इमारत, त्रिवाजी नगर, पुणे में एयर कंत्रर्िननंग और सभी आपेत्रक्षत

त्रसत्रवल और संबद्ध कायो की आपूर्तड, स्थापना, पररक्षण एवं कत्रमिननंग' का कायड के त्रलये त्रनत्रवधा.

TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL

REQUIRED CIVIL & ALLIED WORKS, FOR NABARD, MAHARASHTRA

REGIONAL OFFICE, 54 WELLESLEY ROAD, SHIVAJI NAGAR, PUNE -411

005.

सदंर्भ स.ं एनबी.एमआरओ.डीपीएसपी/ 972 / कायाडलय ए सी/2017-18

RFQ Ref. No. NB:MRO.DPSP./ 972 /Office AC /2017-18

ननविदा जारी करने की तारीख: 22/05/2017 DATE OF ISSUE OF TENDER: - 22/05/2017

बोली पिूभ बठैक की तारीख नाबाडभ मके्षका, पणेु में 29/05/2017 को अपराह्न 3.00 बजे

DATE OF PRE-BID MEETING: - ON 29/05/2017 AT 3:00 P.M. AT NABARD, MRO, PUNE

ननविदा प्रस् ततु करने की तारीख 09/06/2017 या उससे पहले अपराह्न 2.00 बजे तक

DATE OF SUBMISSION OF TENDER: - ON OR BEFORE 09/06/2017 UPTO 2:00 P.M.

ननविदा खोलने की तारीख 09/06/2017 को अपराह्न 3.00 बजे तक

DATE OF OPENING OF TENDER: - ON 09/06/2017 AT 3.00 P.M.

बोली की सरुक्षा की िलै् य(ूबयबयाना रान रु. 8,20,000/- EARNEST MONEY DEPOSIT (EMD) Rs.8,20,000/-

CLIENT: क् लाइंट:

मुख् य महाप्रबंकक, THE CHIEF GENERAL MANAGER,

राष्‍ट रीय कऔ व ्र मीणामीण विकास ब क NATIONAL BANK FOR AGRICULTURE AND RURAL DEVELOPMENT,

महाराष्‍ट र क्षेीीय कायाभलय MAHARASHTRA REGIONAL OFFICE,

54, िेलेस् ली रोड, न िाजीनगर 54, WELLESLEY ROAD, ,SHIVAJI NAGAR,

पुणे- 411 005 PUNE – 411 005. 020-25500118, 25500285, [email protected]

बोलीदाता के हस् ताक्षर

Signature of Bidder

Page 2: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS
Page 3: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 1

TENDER FOR

S / I / T / C AIR CONDITIONING

SYSTEM & ALL REQUIRED CIVIL &

ALLIED WORKS

TAKING RURAL INDIA >>FORWARD

MAHARASHTRA REGIONAL OFFICE, PUNE 54, WELLESLEY ROAD, SHIVAJI NAGAR, PUNE - 411005

MEP CONSULTANTS

M/s. TARUN G BARAI CONSULTANT

303 FLYOVER APT, 12 A TELI GALI, ANDHERI (E), MUMBAI – 400 069.

WWW.TBCMEP.COM

TENDER SCHEDULE

Pre-bid meeting : 29 May 2017 AT 3:00 P.M

Last date for submission of Sealed Tender : 09 June 2017 BY 2.00 P.M

Opening of Technical Bids : 09 June 2017 AT 3.00 P.M

Name of the Contractor to whom issued : ______________________

Address : ______________________

______________________

Client:

CHIEF GENERAL MANAGER

NABARD, MAHARSHTRA REGIONAL OFFICE 54, WELLESLEY ROAD, SHIVAJI NAGAR

PUNE - 411005

Page 4: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 2

BLANK PAGE

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page 5: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 3

SI.NO.

PARTICULARS

PAGE

FROM TO

PART 1 - TECHNICAL BID

1. NOTICE INVITING TENDER 5 8

2. INTEGRITY PACT (to be submitted separately in sealed envelope)

9 15

3. FORM OF TENDER 17 18

4. ARTICLES OF AGREEMENT 19 22

5. GENERAL INSTRUCTION 23 25

6. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT 26 49

7.

.

SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT 50 72

8. GENERAL DISCRIPTION OF WORKS 73 76

9. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF AIR CONDITIONING WORK

77 86

10. SHEET METAL WORK 87 92

11. INSULATION WORK 93 93

12.

REFRIGERANT PIPING 94 96

13. ELECTRICAL WORK (HVAC) 97 110

14. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF ELECTRICAL WORK

111 183

15. TECHNICAL DATA SHEET 184 200

16. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT FOR WORKS (Electrical Items)

201 202

17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204

19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

205 207

20. FORMAT OF BANK GUARANTEE FOR EMD (to be submitted in separate envelope alongwith Technical Bid)

209 211

21. DRAWINGS 213 223

PART 2 - FINANCIAL BID

22. BOQ – HVAC WORK 227 232

23. BOQ – ELECTRICAL WORK 233 243

24. BOQ – FLASE CEILING WORK 245 246

Page 6: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 4

TENDER FOR

S / I / T / C AIR CONDITIONING

SYSTEM & ALL REQUIRED CIVIL &

ALLIED WORKS

PART - 1

TECHNICAL BID

Page 7: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 5

1. NOTICE INVITING TENDER

M/s Date: 19 May 2017

Dear Sir

TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL REQUIRED

CIVIL & ALLIED WORKS, FOR NABARD, MAHARASHTRA REGIONAL OFFICE,

54 WELLESLEY ROAD, SHIVAJI NAGAR, PUNE -411 005.

1. National Bank for Agriculture and Rural Development (NABARD) invites you to

tender for the aforesaid work. National Bank for Agriculture and Rural Development (NABARD) intends to setup supply, installation, testing &

commissioning of Air Conditioning system and all required civil & allied works at NABARD, Maharashtra Regional Office, Pune. You are requested to submit your Bids in sealed envelope for the aforesaid work as per detailed specifications and

other requirements as mentioned more specifically elsewhere in this tender document.

2. Sealed Bids in THREE separate sealed Envelopes indicating clearly

‘Envelope No.1 – Integrity Pact', 'Envelop-2 - Technical bid' and 'Envelope No.3 – Financial/Price bid', should be addressed by name to CHIEF GENERAL MANAGER, NABARD, MAHARASHTRA REGIONAL OFFICE, 54 WELLESLEY

ROAD, SHIVAJI NAGAR, PUNE – 411005 and Envelops should also be super scribed “TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL REQUIRED CIVIL & ALLIED WORKS”. The tender should be submitted not later

than 09 June 2017 by 2.00 P.M.

3. This NIT (tender document) can be downloaded from our website at https://www.nabard.org/English/Tenders.aspx. The tender document will be available on the website, till the date of submission. Tender fee of Rs 1,500/-

(Rupees One Thousand Five Hundred Only) in the form of Demand Draft drawn in favour of NABARD and payable at Pune to be submitted at the time of collection of Tender document in physical form. If, tenderer wish to download the tender

document from our website, he has to submit tender fee separately at the time of submission of tender. No tender will be received without Tender fee. Tenderers

must submit tender in either downloaded document or physically purchased document from NABARD Pune Office.

4. Envelope No.1 shall contain Integrity Pact (IP) as per format given, duly signed and stamped by the bidder. Tenders submitted without IP will summarily be

rejected and their subsequent envelops will not be opened. Envelope No.1 will be opened on the last day of submission of tender at 15.00 hrs. in presence of the

bidders’ representative, should they choose to be present.

Page 8: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 6

5. Envelope no. 2 shall contain:

a. “Technical bid” of tender with every page signed and stamped.

b. Bar Chart indicating the program for the execution of the work.

c. An initial part amount of Rs 8,20,000/- (Rupees Eight lakh twenty thousand only) towards Earnest Money Deposit (EMD) by way of a Bank Guarantee from Nationalised/Scheduled Bank as per format given in this tender, to be submitted alongwith “Technical Bid” in a separate envelop. EMD envelop shall be super scribed as EMD towards S/I/T/C of AC work Tender. The Tender without EMD shall be rejected out rightly. No interest shall be paid on the EMD.

d. The Initial Security deposit(ISD), which will be 2% of the accepted value of the tender minus initial part payment i.e. EMD, will be submitted by the successful tenderer in form of bank draft from a scheduled bank within 15 days of intimation to him of acceptance of his tender. No interest shall be paid on the ISD

e. Power of attorney authorizing the person to sign the tender.

f. Technical bids of only those bidders will be opened, whose Integrity Pact (IP) found eligible. Technical bids be opened immediately after opening of IPs.

6. Envelope No.3 shall contain

a. Financial / Price Bid and addressed by name to CHIEF GENERAL

MANAGER, NABARD, MAHARASHTRA REGIONAL OFFICE, 54 WELLESLEY ROAD, SHIVAJI NAGAR, PUNE - 411005.

b. Envelope No.3 shall not contain any condition whatsoever and any

conditional bids shall be rejected. c. Envelope No.3 will be opened on some suitable date, which will be

communicated later on, after scrutiny of the documents submitted by tenderers. Financial/price Bid envelopes shall be opened only in respect of those tenderers who have complied with all the requirements in tender

document.

7. If the last date of receipt or opening of the tenders happens to be a holiday for NABARD, then the receipt and opening of the tenders shall be shifted to next

working day without change of time and venue.

8. A pre-bid meeting will be held at NABARD, MAHARASHTRA REGIONAL OFFICE,

54 WELLESLEY ROAD, SHIVAJI NAGAR, PUNE – 411005 at 3.00 P.M on 29 May 2017 with the prospective bidders to clarify any issues pertaining to the tender. The bidders are expected to thoroughly read the tender document before

being present for the pre-bid meeting, so as to understand all aspects of the work.

9. Before filling up the tenders, the bidders may note the following:

a. The bids shall remain valid and open for acceptance for 3 months from the date of opening of Envelope No.1. If the tenderer withdraws his tender before the expiry of the said period or makes any modifications in terms and

condition of the tender which are not acceptable to the Bank, then the bank

Page 9: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 7

without prejudice to any other right or remedy will be at liberty to forfeit the earnest money.

b. Time of Completion: Time is the essence of the contract. The Contractor

shall be allowed to execute the work after working hours, in nights & on

holidays, with the prior permission from NABARD authority. No extra

payments will be made for the work being done during the odd hours. Date of

commencement shall be either one-week, from the date of issue work

order to the contractor or day on which the contractor will take

possession of site whichever is earlier. The work shall be completed

within 10 Weeks from the date of commencement. The successful Contractor

will have to give bar/activity chart of various activities of works to be done so

that the work gets completed within the stipulated time. The chart shall be

submitted at the time of commencement of work.

c. Liquidated damages for delay in completion of the works will be levied at

0.25% of the value of the accepted tender for every week of delay or part

thereof, subject to maximum of 5% of the value of the accepted tender.

d. The contractors should quote the rate in figures as well as in the words, and

amount tendered by them. The rate for each item should be worked out and

the requisite total amount shall be calculated accordingly. Rates quoted by

the contractor in item rate tender in figures and words shall be accurately

filled in so that there is no discrepancy in the rates, figures and words.

However, if a discrepancy is found in the rates in words and figures, the rates

which correspond to the total amount worked out by the contractor shall be

taken as correct. In case, the rate assessed does not work out by the amount

of an item or it does not correspond with the rate written either in figure or in

words, then the rates quoted by the contractor in words shall be taken as

correct. Where the rates quoted by the contractor in figures and in words

tally but the amount is not worked out correctly the rates quoted by the

contractor will be taken as correct and not the amount.

e. The tender document must be filled in English and all the entries must be

hand written or neatly typed. If any of the documents are missing or un-

signed in financial/price bid, the tender shall be considered invalid. In case

of technical bid, the details of incomplete or missing documents will be

intimated to contractors verbally/writing and the contractor has to submit all

those documents within 2 days after opening of the technical bid, otherwise

the tender will be rejected.

f. NABARD reserves the right to accept or reject any /all tender/s in part or whole of any firm / firms without assigning any reasons for doing so.

g. Canvassing in connection with tenders is strictly prohibited and the tenders submitted by the contractors who resort to canvassing will be liable to

rejection.

h. All taxes including Service tax, works contract tax, VAT, turnover tax, Sales Tax or any other payable/ prevailing tax on material or on finished works etc,

in respect of this contract shall be payable by contractor and the Bank will not entertain any claim whatsoever in this respect over the quoted price.

Page 10: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 8

i. The tenderer, apart from being a competent contractor must co-ordinate

himself with all the agencies as and when required.

j. The tenderer should visit the site to ascertain the working conditions and local authority regulations / restrictions if any and other information required

for the proper execution of the work.

k. The quantities of various items given in the schedule of quantities are approximate. The quantities of work may vary at time of allotment / execution of work. Bank reserves the right to omit / delete any item(s) of work

from the schedule at the time of allotment / before. Contractor will be paid for the actual work done at the site duly verified by the consultant and concerned

official of the bank.

l. If the rate quoted by the contractor for any item / items are not workable or abnormally lower than the market rate, the full and final payment of the contractor will be settled after the satisfactory execution of

these item.

m. NABARD does not bind itself to accept the lowest or any tender at all. NABARD also reserves the right to negotiate or partly accept any tender

or all tenders received without assigning any reasons thereof.

n. Any discrepancies, omissions, ambiguities in the tender documents, if any, or any doubt as to their meaning should be reported in writing to CHIEF GENERAL MANAGER, NABARD, MAHARASHTRA REGIONAL OFFICE, 54

WELLESLEY ROAD, SHIVAJI NAGAR, PUNE, 411005 who will review the questions and if information sought is not clearly indicated or specified,

NABARD will issue clarifications to all the tenderers which will become part of the Tender Document. NABARD will not be responsible if the discrepancies, omissions, ambiguities in the tender documents or any doubts as to their

meaning are not brought to the notice of NABARD before three working days prior to the last date of submission of the tender.

o. NABARD also reserves the right to divide and distribute the work to more than

one tenderer at its sole discretion.

p. The successful bidder shall execute an agreement on non-judicial stamp paper with NABARD in accordance with the standard format enclosed (Articles of Agreement) within 14 days from date of issue of work order failing which the days bidder’s EMD may stand forfeited.

(Dr. R.N Kulkarni) CHIEF GENERAL MANAGER

Page 11: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 9

2. INTEGRITY PACT

1. General

This pre-bid pre-contract Agreement (hereinafter called the Integrity Pact) is made on

______________ day of the month of __________ between, on one hand, National Bank for

Agriculture and Rural Development (NABARD), represented by Shri

________________________________ (hereinafter called the “BUYER”, which expression shall

mean and include, unless the context otherwise requires, his successors in office and

assigns) of the First Part and M/s _______________________ represented by Shri

_______________________, Chief Executive Officer (hereinafter called “BIDDER/Seller”

which expression shall mean and include, unless the context otherwise requires, his

successors and permitted assigns) of the Second Part.

WHEREAS the BUYER proposes to getting executed the work of Supply, Installation,

Testing and Commissioning of Air conditioning work and all required civil and allied works

at NABARD, MAHARASHTRA REGIONAL OFFICE, 54, WELLESLEY ROAD, SHIVAJI

NAGAR, PUNE - 411005 and the BIDDER is willing to offer/ has offered the work and

WHEREAS THE BIDDER is a private company/ public company/ Government

undertaking/ partnership/ registered agency, constituted in accordance with the relevant

law in the matter and the BUYER is a body corporate established under NABARD Act,

1981 having its Head Office at Plot No. C-24, Block ‘G’, Bandra-Kurla Complex,

Bandra(East), Mumbai.

NOW, THEREFORE,

To avoid all forms of corruption by following a system that is fair, transparent and free

from any influence/ prejudiced dealings prior to, during and subsequent to the currency

of the contract to be entered into with a view to :-

Enabling the BUYER to obtain the desired said work at a competitive price in conformity

with the defined specifications by avoiding the high cost and the distortionary impact of

corruption on public procurement and

Enabling BIDDERs to abstain from bribing or indulging in any corrupt practice in order

to secure the contract by providing assurance to them that their competitors will also

abstain from bribing and other corrupt practices and the BUYER will commit to prevent

corruption, in any form, by its officials by following transparent procedures.

The parties hereto hereby agree to enter into this Integrity Pact and agree as follows:

2. Commitments of the BUYER

The BUYER undertakes that no official of the BUYER, connected directly or indirectly

with the contract, will demand, take a promise for or accept, directly or through

intermediaries, any bribe, consideration, gift, reward, favour or any material or

immaterial benefit of any other advantage from the BIDDER, either for themselves or for

any person, organization or third party related to the contract in exchange for an

advantage in the bidding process, bid evaluation, contracting or implementation process

related to the contract.

Page 12: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 10

The BUYER will, during the pre-contract stage, treat all BIDDERs alike and will provide to

all BIDDERs the same information and will not provide any such information to any

particular BIDDER which could afford an advantage to that particular BIDDER in

comparison to other BIDDERs.

All the officials of the BUYER will report to the appropriate Government office any

attempted or completed breaches of the above commitments as well as any substantial

suspicion of such a breach.

In case any such preceding misconduct on the part of such official(s) is reported by the

BIDDER to the BUYER with full and verifiable facts and the same is prima facie found to

the correct by the BUYER, necessary disciplinary proceedings, or any other action as

deemed fit including criminal proceedings may be initiated by the BUYER and such a

person shall be debarred from further dealings related to the contract process. In such a

case while an enquiry in being conducted by the BUYER the proceedings under the

contract would not be stalled.

3. Commitments of BIDDERs

The BIDDER commits itself to take all measures to prevent corrupt practices, unfair

means and illegal activities during any stage of its bid or during an pre-contract or post-

contract stage in order to secure the contract or in furtherance to secure it and in

particular commit itself to the following :-

The BIDDER will not offer, directly or through intermediaries, any bribe, gift,

consideration, reward, favour, any material immaterial benefit or other advantage,

commission, fees, brokerage or inducement to any official of the BUYER, connected

directly or indirectly with the bidding process, or to any person, organization or third

party related to the contract in exchange for any advantage in the bidding, evaluation,

contracting and implementation of the contract.

The BIDDER further undertakes that it has not given, offered or promised to give, directly

or indirectly any bribe, gift, consideration, reward, favour, any material or immaterial

benefit or other advantage, commission, fees, brokerage or inducement to any official of

the BUYER or otherwise in procuring the Contract or forbearing to do or having done any

act in relation to the obtaining or execution of the contract or any other contract with the

Bank for showing or forbearing to show favour or disfavor to any person in relation to the

contract or any other contract with the Bank.

BIDDERs shall disclose the name and address of agents and representatives and Indian

BIDDERs shall disclose their foreign principles or associates.

BIDDERs shall disclose the payments to be made by them to agents/ brokers or any

other intermediary, in connection with this bid/ contract.

The BIDDER further confirms and declares to the BUYER that the BIDDER is the original

manufacturer/ integrator/ authorized government sponsored export entity of the defence

stores and has not engaged any individual or firm or company whether Indian or foreign

to intercede, facilitate or in any way to recommend to the BUYER or any of its

functionaries, whether officially or unofficially to the award of the contract to the

BIDDER, nor has any amount been paid, promised or intended to be paid to any such

Page 13: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 11

individual, firm or company in respect of any such intercession, facilitation or

recommendation.

The BIDDER, either while presenting the bid or during pre-contract negotiations or before

signing the contract, shall disclose any payments he has made, is committed to or

intends to make to officials of the BUYER or their family members, agents, brokers or any

other intermediaries in connection with the contract and the details of services agreed

upon for such payments.

The BIDDER will not collude with other parties interested in the contract to impair the

transparency, fairness and progress of the bidding process, bid evaluation, contracting

and implementation of the contract.

The BIDDER will not accept any advantage in exchange for any corrupt practice, unfair

means and illegal activities.

The BIDDER shall not use improperly for purposes of competition or personal gain or

pass on to others, any information provided by the BUYER as part of the business

relationship regarding plans, technical proposals and business details, including

information contained in any electronic data carrier. The BIDDER also undertakes to

exercise due and adequate care lest any such information is divulged.

The BIDDER commits to refrain from giving any complaint directly or through any other

manner without supporting it with full and verifiable facts.

The BIDDER shall not instigate or cause to instigate any third person to commit any of

the actions mentioned above.

If the BIDDER or any employee of the BIDDER or any person acting on behalf of the

BIDDER either directly or indirectly is a relative of any of the officers of the BUYER, or

alternatively if any relative of an officer of the BUYER has financial interest/ stake in the

BIDDER’s firm, the same shall be disclosed by the BIDDER at the time of filling of tender.

The term ‘relative’ for this purpose would be as defined in Section 6 of the Companies Act

1986.

The BIDDER shall not lend to or borrow any money from or enter into any monetary

dealings or transactions, directly or indirectly, with any employee of the BUYER.

4. Previous Transgression

4.1 The BIDDER declares that no previous transgression occurred in the last three

years immediately before signing of this Integrity Pact, with any other company in any

country in respect of any corrupt practices envisaged hereunder or with any Public Sector

Enterprises in India or any Government Department in India that could justify BIDDER’s

exclusion from the tender process.

Page 14: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 12

4.2 The BIDDER agrees that if it makes incorrect statement on this subject, BIDDER

can be disqualified from the tender process or the contract, if already awarded, can be

terminated for such reason.

5. Earnest Money Deposit (EMD)/ Initial Security Deposit (ISD)

5.1 While submitting Technical bid, the BIDDER shall deposit an amount Rs.8,20,000/-

as EMD in the form of Bank Guarantee. Initial Security Deposit (ISD), which will be 2%

of the accepted value of the tender minus initial part payment i.e. EMD, will be

submitted by the successful tenderer in the form of bank draft from a scheduled bank

within 15 days of intimation to him of acceptance of his tender. EMD shall be deposited

with the BUYER through bank guarantee of equal amount by an Indian Nationalised

Bank, promising payment of the guaranteed sum to the BUYER on demand within three

working days without any demur whatsoever and without any reasons whatsoever. The

demand for payment by the BUYER shall be treated as conclusive proof of payment. Any

other mode or through any other instrument (as specified in the tender document)

5.2 The Earnest Money/Initial Security Deposit shall be valid for contract period or the

complete conclusion of the contractual obligations to the complete satisfaction of both the

BIDDER and the BUYER, including warranty period, whichever is later.

5.3 In case of the successful BIDDER a clause would also be incorporated in the Article

pertaining to Performance Bond in the Purchase Contract that the provisions of Sanctions

for Violation shall be applicable for forfeiture of Performance Bond in case of a decision by

the BUYER to forfeit the same without assigning any reason for imposing sanction for

violation of this Pact.

5.4 No interest shall be payable by the BUYER to the BIDDER on Earnest Money/ Initial Security Deposit for the period of its currency.

6. Sanctions for Violations

6.1 Any breach of the aforesaid provisions by the BIDDER or any one employed by it or

acting on its behalf (whether with or without the knowledge of the BIDDER) shall entitle

the BUYER to take all or any one of the following actions, wherever required:-

i. To immediately call off the pre-contract negotiations without assigning any reason or

giving any compensation to the BIDDER. However, the proceedings with the other BIDDER(s) would continue.

ii. The Earnest Money Deposit (in pre-contract stage) and/ or Security Deposit/

Performance Bond (after the contract is signed) shall stand forfeited either fully or partially as decided by the BUYER and the BUYER shall not be required to assign any

reason therefore. iii. To immediately cancel the contract, if already signed, without giving any compensation

to the BIDDER.

iv. To recover all sums already paid by the BUYER, and in case of an Indian BIDDER with interest thereon at 2% higher than the prevailing Prime Lending Rate of State Bank of India, while in case of a BIDDER from a country other than India with interest thereon

at 2%, higher than the LIBOR. If any outstanding payment is due to the BIDDER from the BUYER in connection with another contract for any other stores, such

outstanding payment could also be utilized to recover the aforesaid sum and interest.

Page 15: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 13

v. To encash the advance bank guarantee and performance bond/ warranty bond, if furnished by the BIDDER, in order to recover the payments, already made by the BUYER, along with interest.

vi. To cancel all or any other contracts with BIDDER. The BIDDER shall be liable to pay compensation for any loss or damage to the BUYER resulting from such cancellation/

rescission and the BUYER shall be entitled to deduct the amount so payable from the money(s) due to the BIDDER.

vii. To debar the BIDDER from participating in future bidding processes of the

Government of India for a minimum period of five years, which may be further extended at the discretion of the BUYER.

viii. To recover all sums paid in violation of this Pact by BIDDER(S) to any middleman or agent or broker with a view to securing the contract.

ix. In cases where irrevocable Letters of Credit have been received in respect of any

contract signed by the BUYER with the BIDDER, the same shall not be opened. x. Forfeiture of Performance Bond in case of a decision by the BUYER to forfeit the same

without assigning any reason for imposing sanction for violation of this Pact.

6.2 The BUYER will be entitled to take all or any of the actions mentioned at para 6.1(i)

to (x) of this Pact also on the Commission by the BIDDER or any one employed by it or

acting on its behalf (whether with or without the knowledge of the BIDDER), of an offence

as defined in Chapter IX of the Indian Penal code, 1860 or Prevention of Corruption Act,

1988 or any other statute enacted for prevention of corruption.

6.3 The decision of the BUYER to the effect that a breach of the provisions of the Pact

has been committed by the BIDDER shall be final and conclusive on the BIDDER.

However, the BIDDER can approach the Independent Monitor(s) appointed for the

purposes of this Pact.

7. Fall Clause

7.1 The BIDDER undertakes that it has not supplied/s not supplying similar product/

systems or subsystems at a price lower than that offered in the present bid in respect of

any other Ministry/ Department of the Government of India or PSU and it is found at any

stage that similar product/ systems or sub systems was supplied by the BIDDER to any

other Ministry/ Department of the Government of India or a PSU at a lower price, then

that very price, with due allowance for elapsed time, will be applicable to the present case

and the difference in the cost would be refunded by the BIDDER to the BUYER, if the

contract has already been concluded.

8. Independent Monitors

8.1 The BUYER has appointed Independent Monitor Shri Debabrata Sarkar (hereinafter

referred to as Monitor) for this Pact in consultation with the Central Vigilance

Commission.

8.2 The task of the Monitor shall be to review independently and objectively, whether

and to what extent the parties comply with the obligations under this Pact.

Page 16: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 14

8.3 The Monitor shall not be subject to instructions by the representatives of the parties

and perform their functions neutrally and independently.

8.4 Both the parties accept that the Monitors have the right to access all the documents

relating to the project/ procurement, including minutes of meetings.

8.5 As soon as the Monitor notices or has reason to believe, a violation of this Pact, he

will so inform the Authority designated by the BUYER.

8.6 The BIDDER(s) accepts that the Monitor has the right to access without restriction

to all Project documentation of the BUYER including that provided by the BIDDER.

The BIDDER will also grant the Monitor, upon his request and demonstration of a

valid interest, unrestricted and unconditional access to his project documentation.

The same is applicable to Subcontractors. The Monitor shall be under contractual

obligation to treat the information and documents of the BIDDER/ Subcontractor(s)

with confidentiality.

8.7 The BUYER will provide to the Monitor sufficient information about all meetings

among the parties related to the Project provided such meetings could have an

impact on the contractual relations between the parties. The parties will offer to the

Monitor the option to participate in such meetings.

8.8 The Monitor will submit a written report to the designated Authority of BUYER

within 8 to 10 weeks from the date of reference or intimation to him by the BUYER/

BIDDER and should the occasion arise submit proposals for correcting problematic

situations.

9. Facilitation of Investigation

In case of any allegation of violation of any provisions of this Pact or payment of

commission, the BUYER or its agencies shall be entitled to examine all the

documents including the Books of Accounts of the BIDDER and the BIDDER shall

provide necessary information and documents in English and shall extend all

possible help for the purpose of such examination.

10 Law and Place of Jurisdiction

This Pact is subject to Indian Law. The place of performance and jurisdiction is the

seat of the BUYER.

11. Other Legal Actions

The actions stipulated in this Integrity Pact are without prejudice to any other legal

action that may follow in accordance with the provisions of the extant law in force

relating to any civil or criminal proceedings.

Page 17: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 15

12. Validity

12.1 The validity of this Integrity Pact shall be from date of its signing and extend up to 5

years or the complete execution of the contract to the satisfaction of both the

BUYER and the BIDDER/ Seller, including warranty period, whichever is later in

case BIDDER is unsuccessful, this Integrity Pact shall expire after six months from

the date of the signing of the contract.

12.2 Should one or several provisions of this Pact turn out to be invalid, the remainder of

this Pact shall remain valid. In this case, the parties will strive to come to an

agreement to their original intentions.

13. The parties hereby sign this Integrity Pact at _____________________ on -

____________________.

BUYER BIDDER

Name of the Officer Chief Executive Officer

Designation

NABARD

Witness Witness

1_______________________ 1 _______________________

2_______________________ 2_______________________

Page 18: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 16

BLANK PAGE

Page 19: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 17

3. FORM OF TENDER

The Chief General Manager NABARD, Maharashtra Regional Office 54 Wellesley road, Shivaji Nagar

Pune, 411005

Dear Sir

TENDER FOR S / I / T/ C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL REQUIRED

CIVIL & ALLIED WORKS, FOR NABARD, MAHARASHTRA REGIONAL OFFICE,

SHIVAJI NAGAR, PUNE.

I / We the undersigned have carefully gone through and clearly understood, after

visiting the site, the tender drawings and tender documents comprising of the tender

form, Notice of Tender, General terms and conditions of tender, Special Conditions,

Specifications and Schedule of Quantities prepared by your Consultant, M/s. Tarun G

Barai, Consultant, 303 Flyover Apt, 12 A, Teli Gali, Andheri (E), Mumbai – 400 069.

I/We hereby offer to execute the works specified in the said Memorandum within the

time specified, at the rates mentioned in the financial/ price Bid and in accordance

With all respects of the tender and with such materials as are provided for, by

and in all other respects in accordance with such conditions so far as they may be

applicable.

I / we do here by undertake to execute and complete the whole or part of the work (as

desired by you) at the respective rates quoted.

In the event of this Tender being accepted I / we agree to enter into an agreement as

and when required and executed the contract according to your form of Agreement, in

default whereof, I/we do hereby bind my-self / ourselves to forfeit the aforesaid deposit.

I / we further agree to complete the work included in the said schedule of quantities

within 10 weeks from the date of commencement. Date of commencement shall be

either one-week, from the date, the acceptance letter is issued to the contractor or day

on which the contractor is instructed to take possession of site whichever is later.

I / we agree to employ only those sub-contractors; approved by Consultants /

Employer.

I/we agree to provide the list of all the sub-contractors in the beginning or at least one

week prior to commencement of the work by the said sub-contractor. In case of non-

compliance, I/ we authorize consultant/ bank engineer to stop the work at site.

I / We agree to pay Government, Service tax, General and Sales Tax (State and

Central), Excise and Octroi duties etc. for insurance and all other taxes including

works contract extra, turnover tax, VAT etc. as prevailing foretime to time, on such

items for whom same is to be levies, and the rates quoted by me / us are inclusive of

the same.

MEMORANDUM

Page 20: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 18

a) Description of work: Tender for S/I/T/C Air Conditioning System & all

required civil & allied works for, NABARD, Maharashtra Regional Office, Shivaji

nagar, Pune.

b) Earnest Money Deposit: Rs.8,20,000/-

c) Time allowed for completion: 10 Weeks from the date of commencement which

shall be either one-week, from the date of issue of work order to the contractor or

day on which the contractor will take possession of site whichever is earlier.

d) Retention Money Deposit (RMD): 5% from every R.A. Bill.

We understand that the time for completion shown above shall be reckoned form the

date of commencement of the work.

Should this tender be accepted, I/We hereby agree to abide by and fulfill the terms and

provisions or the said Conditions of the tender annexed hereto so far as they may be

applicable or in default thereof to forfeit the EMD and pay to the National Bank for

Agriculture and Rural Development, the amount mentioned in the said tender

conditions.

Our Banker’s are:

i)

ii)

The names of partners of our firm are:

ii)

iii)

Name of the partner of the firm

Authorized to sign:

OR

Name or person having Power of Attorney

to sign the contract (certified copy of the

Power of Attorney should be attached):

Yours faithfully,

Signature of Tenderer

Page 21: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 19 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

4. ARTICLES OF AGRREMENT

करार के य ेअनुच्छेद............. माह के............वें

ददन एक पक्ष के रूप में राष्ट्रीय कृषि और ग्रामीण

षवकास बैंक (षिस े इसके पश्चात "षनयोक्ता" कहा

िाएगा) और दसूरे पक्ष के रूप में............... (षिस े

इसके पश्‍चात् ''षनषवदाकताा'' कहा िाएगा) के बीच

षनष्‍पाददत दकए िात ेहैं.

ARTICLES OF AGREEMENT made this

_____________ day of __________ between

the National Bank for Agriculture and

Rural Development (hereinafter called

“the Employer”) of the one part and

__________________(hereinafter called

“the Tenderer”) of the other part.

यत: षनयोक्ता नाबार्ा,‍ महाराष्ट्र‍ क्षेषिय‍ कायाालय‍इमारत,‍ षिवािी‍ नगर,‍ पुणे‍ में‍ एयर‍ कंषर्िननंग‍और‍

सभी‍आपेषक्षत‍ षसषवल‍और‍संबद्ध‍कायो की‍आपूर्ता, स्थापना, पररक्षण‍एवं‍कषमिननंग' का काया षनष्‍पाददत करवाना चाहता ह.ै

तथायत:, षनषवदाकताा मूल्‍य षबर् में दी गई ितों और

इस करार में आगे ददए िा रही ितों (इन सभी को

इसके पश्‍चात ्''उक्‍तिततें'' कहा िाएगा) के अधीन उक्‍त

तकनीकी षवषनदिेनों, और मूल्‍य षबर् में िाषमल

संबंषधत दरों इसमें आगे षनधााररत की िाने वाली राषि

अथवा कोई अन्य दयेराषि (इस राषि को इसके पश्चात

''उक्तठेका राषि'' कहा िाएगा) पर उक्त कायो को

षनष्‍पाददत करना स्वीकार करता ह.ै

WHEREAS the Employer is desirous

of getting executed the work of S / I /

T/ C OF AIR CONDITIONING

SYSTEM & ALL REQUIRED CIVIL &

ALLIED WORKS, FOR NABARD,

MAHARASHTRA REGIONAL OFFICE

, SHIVAJI NAGAR, PUNE.

AND WHEREAS the Tenderer has

agreed to execute upon and subject to

the conditions set forth in the Price Bid

and Conditions of Contract (all of which

are collectively hereinafter referred to

as “the said Conditions”) the work

shown upon the said technical

specifications, and included in the Price

Bid at the respective rates therein set

forth amounting the sum as therein

arrived or such other sum as shall

become payable there under

(hereinafter referred to as “the said

contract amount”).

अब एतद्द्वारा षनम्‍नानुसार स्‍वीकार दकया िाता ह:ै- NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS

FOLLOWS :-

1. इसमें‍ आगे‍ उल्‍लेख क‍ दकए‍ िाने‍ वाले‍ रतिषत ल‍ पर‍

षनषवदाकताा, अनुबंध‍में‍दी‍िा‍रही‍ितों‍के‍अधीन‍काया‍

करेगा‍और‍संषवदा‍में‍दिााए‍गए, मािाओं‍की‍अनुसूची‍

और‍उक्‍त‍ितों‍में‍वर्णात‍अथवा‍षन्दाष्‍ ‍कायों‍को‍पूरा‍

करेगा.

1. In consideration hereinafter

mentioned, the Tenderer will upon and

subject to the conditions annexed,

carry out and complete the works

shown in the contract, described by or

referred to in the Schedule of

Quantities and in the said conditions.

2. षनयोक्‍ता‍ षनषवदाकताा‍ को‍ उक्‍त‍ षनषवदा‍ राषि‍

अथवा‍समय-समय‍पर‍दये‍हाने‍वाली‍राषि‍का‍उक्‍त‍

ितों‍में‍षवषन्दाष्‍ ‍तरीके‍से‍भुगतान‍करेगा.

2. The Employer shall pay the Tenderer

the said contract amount or such sum

as shall become payable at the times

and in the manner specified in the said

conditions.

Page 22: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 20 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

3. उक्त‍ितों‍और‍उनके‍ साथ‍ के‍अनुबंधों‍ तथा‍ इसके‍

साथ‍लगे‍दस्‍तावेों ों‍को‍ इस‍करार‍ के‍ही‍एक‍भाग‍ के‍

रूप‍ में‍ पढा‍ िाएगा‍और‍ उसका‍ अथा‍ भी‍ उसी‍ रतिकार‍

षनकाला‍िाएगा‍तथा‍दोनों‍पक्ष‍उक्त‍ितों‍का‍ससम्मान‍

पालन‍करेंगे‍और‍तथा‍उक्त‍ितों‍और‍इसके‍साथ‍लगे‍

दस्‍तावेों ों‍को‍स्‍वीकार‍करेंगे‍और‍उनके‍अनुसार‍अपनी-

अपनी‍ओर‍से‍इस‍करार‍‍का‍षनष्पादन‍करेंगे.

3. The said Conditions and Appendix

thereto and the documents attached

hereto shall be read and construed as

forming part of this Agreement and the

parties hereto shall be respectively

abide by, submit themselves to the said

Conditions and the correspondence and

perform the agreements on their part

respectively in the said conditions and

the documents contained herein.

4. यह‍ करार‍ और‍ इसमें‍ उषल्लषख कत‍ दस्‍तावेों ‍ इस‍

संषवदा‍का‍आधार‍बनेंगे.

4. This Agreement and documents

mentioned herein shall form the basis

of this contract.

5. यह‍संषवदा‍पूरे‍काया‍हते‍ुमद‍दर‍संषवदा‍ह‍ैषिसके‍

अंतगात‍दरों‍की‍अनसुूची‍में‍दी‍गई‍दर‍पर‍अथवा‍उक्‍त‍

ितों‍में‍ ददए‍गए‍रतिावधानों‍ के‍अनुसार‍काया‍ स्‍थल‍पर‍

आवश्‍यक‍इन्‍स्‍ ालेिन‍करने‍पर‍भुगतान‍दकया‍िाता‍ह.ै

5. This contract is an item rate contract

for the complete work to be paid for

according to necessary installation

carried out at site, at the rate contained

in the Schedule of Rates or as provided

in the said conditions.

6. षनषवदाकताा षनयोक्‍ता द्वारा षनयुक्‍त अन्‍य

ठेकेदारों के सभी कायोंमें सहयोग रतिदान करेगा तथा

ऐसे काया समाप्‍त होन े के पश्‍चात‍ दीवारों, िों

इत्‍यादद को हुई दकसी भी हाषन को ठीक करेगा.

6. The Tenderer shall afford every

reasonable facility for carrying out of all

works of other Contractors employed by

the Employer and shall make good any

damage done to walls, floors, etc. after

the completion of such works.

7. इस संषवदा पर षबना रतिषतकूल रतिभाव र्ाले नया काया िोड़कर अथवा काया की कोई मदें ह ाकर अथवा इसी काया को भागों में करवाने द्वारा इस कायाकी रतिकृषत को बदलने का अषधकार षनयोक्‍ता अपने पास सुरषक्षत रख कता ह.ै

7. The Employer reserves to itself the

right of altering the nature of work by

adding to or omitting any items of

works or having portions of the same

carried out without prejudice to this

contract.

8. समय इस संषवदा का सवााषधक महत्‍वपूणा तत्‍व होगा, तथा षनषवदा कताा एत द्द्वारा यह स्‍वीकार करता ह ैदक वह कायाादिे षमलने के दसवें ददन के भीतर उक्‍त ितों में ददए गए अनुसार काया/ काम िुरू कर दगेा और कायाादिे रतिाप्‍त दकए िाने की तारीख क से गणना करते हुए समय को बढाए िाने का रतिावधान होते हुए भी नीचे षवषन्दाष्‍ समय सीमा के भीतर पूरा काया ख कत्‍म कर दगेा.

8. Time shall be considered as the

essence of this contract, and the

Tenderer hereby agrees to commence

the work/ job within the tenth day of

receipt of the work order as provided for

in the said conditions and to complete

the entire work within the time period

prescribed below reckoned from the

date of receipt of such work order

subject nevertheless to the provision for

extension of time.

Page 23: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 21 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

9. षनयोक्‍ता द्वारा इस सषंवदा के तहत दकए िान ेवाल ेसभी भुगतान षस ा ‍पुणे‍में ही दकए िाएगं.े

9. All payments by the Employer under

this contract will be made only at Pune.

10. इस‍करार‍ के‍संबंध‍में‍ उठने‍ वाले‍अथवा‍ इससे‍

दकसी‍भी‍रतिकार‍से‍संबंषधत‍सभी‍षववाद‍पुणे‍में‍ही‍उठे‍

षववाद‍माने‍िाएगंे‍और‍ पुणे‍ षस्थत‍ न्यायालयों‍को‍ही‍

उक्त‍के‍संबंध‍में‍षनणाय‍लेन‍ेका‍क्षेिाषधकार‍होगा.

10. All disputes arising out of or in any

way connected with this agreement

shall be deemed to have arisen at Pune

and only Courts in Pune shall have the

jurisdiction to determine the same to

the exclusion of all other courts.

11. दक षनषवदाकताा द्वारा काया‍ स्थल‍को‍दखे क‍ षलया‍गया‍ ह‍ैऔर‍काया‍ षनष्पादन‍ स्थल‍की‍ वतामान‍ षस्थषत‍

को‍पूरी‍तरह‍समझ‍षलया‍गया‍है.

11. That the tenderer has visited the

site and fully understood the existing

conditions of site for execution of work.

12. दक‍ षनषवदाकताा‍ द्वारा‍ इस‍ संषवदा‍ के‍ षवषभन्‍न‍

भागों‍को‍पढा‍और‍षनषवदाकताा‍द्वारा‍पूरी‍तरह‍समझ‍

षलया‍गया‍ह.ै

12. That the several parts of this

contract have been read by the tenderer

and fully understood by the tenderer.

इसके‍ साक्ष्य‍ के‍ रूप‍ में‍ षनयोक्‍ता‍ ने‍ अपने‍ षवषधवत‍

रतिाषधकृत‍ अषधकाररयों‍ के‍ माध्यम‍ से‍ इन‍ षवलेख कों‍ पर‍

हस्ताक्षर‍ दकए‍ तथा‍ षनषवदाकताा‍ ने‍ इन‍ षवलेख कों‍ और‍

उक्‍त‍ दो‍ रू्प्लीके ‍ रतिषतयों‍ पर‍ इस‍ दस्तावेों ‍ में‍ सबस‍े

पहले‍षलख के‍गए‍स्थान‍और‍विा‍व‍तारीख क‍के‍ददन‍अपने‍

हस्ताक्षर‍ दकए‍और‍अपनी‍कॉमन‍सील‍लागाई. (यदद‍

षनषवदाकताा‍कोई‍कंपनी‍ह‍ैतो).

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Employer

has set its hands to these presents

through its duly authorized officials

and the Tenderer has caused its

common seal to be affixed hereunto

and the said two duplicates/ has

caused these presents and the said two

duplicates here of to be executed on its

behalf, the day and year first herein

above written. (If the Tenderer is a

company).

हस्‍ताक्षर‍ख कंर्‍ Signature Clause

राष्‍रीय‍ कृषि‍ और‍ ग्रामीण‍ षवकास‍ बैंक‍ की‍ ओर‍ स‍े

अधोषलषख कत‍के‍हाथों‍हस्‍ताक्षररत‍और‍सपापा‍गया

श्री

(नाम‍व‍पदनाम)

SIGNED AND DELIVERED by the

National Bank for Agriculture and

Rural Development by the hand of

Shri

(Name & Designation)

ठेकेदर‍ की‍ ओर‍ से‍ अधोषलषख कत‍ के‍ हाथों‍ हस्‍ताक्षररत‍

और‍सपापा‍गया श्री (नाम‍व‍पदनाम)

SIGNED AND DELIVERED by the

Bidder by the hand of

Shri

Page 24: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 22 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

गवाह‍स.ं1

हस्‍ताक्षर‍:

नाम‍:

पता‍:

गवाह‍स.ं2

हस्‍ताक्षर‍:

नाम‍:

पता :

(Name & Designation)

Witness #1

Signature:

Name:

Address

Witness #2

Signature:

Name:

Address

Page 25: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 23 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

5. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

1. PROCEDURE OF FILLING AND SUBMISSION OF TENDER

i) The tenderers should quote their rates in figures and words where the

quantities have been indicated in the relevant items of the schedule of

quantities, failures to do so may invalidate the tender. Erasing or over

writing shall not be allowed. Corrections in the tender should be avoided if

this becomes unavoidable, the entire rate (and not a portion only) shall be

scored out and signed (not simply initiated) by the tenderer as token of such

cancellation. A fresh rate in specified manner shall then be correctly written.

ii) In the event of the tender being submitted by a firm, it must be signed by a

member or members of the firm having legal authority to do so, and if called

for, the legal documents in support thereof must be produced for inspection

and the same in the case of the firm carried out by one member of a joint

family.

iii) All corrections are to be initialed.

iv) The tenderer is to quote this rate in ink/type both in words and figures in

English. The tender shall be clearly and legibly written and whole writing

must be by the hand of the person signing the tender and with the same pen

and ink/type.

v) The employer reserves to itself the right to accept the lowest or split up and

distribute any items of work to any specialist firm or firms without assigning

any reason. The employer reserves the right to split up and distribute the

work to more than one tenderer, if necessary. Signature/initial with

company seal on each page will be deemed to be the acceptance of the

contents of this tender paper by the tenderer.

vi) Tenderer shall note that their tenders shall remain open for acceptance for a

minimum period of 03 months from the date of opening the technical bid.

The tender must be unconditional. Conditional tenders may be summarily

rejected.

2. RATES TO INCLUDE:

While quoting their rates the tenderer should include the following also if

otherwise not stated herein before.

a) Necessary cost of taking samples of materials supplied by them for construction including cement and steel, wood/tiles etc, testing of the same at govt. approved laboratory including transportation, cost of the samples, as and when required.

b) Submission of test reports of other materials as may be specified by

Consultants or Bank’s Engineer.

Page 26: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 24 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

c) Rates should include all prevailing applicable taxes (like service tax, VAT, work contract tax, income tax, etc) Duties, Octroi, Levies, Wages as per Act, etc. and should be firm for the entire Contract period. No escalation of rates will be allowed for the entire contract period on any account.

d) NABARD will provide Electric power and water at one point in the building for

proper execution of the work. The Contractor will however have to pay for the

electric power and water consumed by him at the rates chargeable by the local

authorities.

e) The basic rate of the item means prevailing market rate including VAT, works

contract tax and all other taxes as applicable during the period of the

contract.

f) The quoted rate shall include the cost of all minor/sundry items to make it

functional

3. WORKING HOURS:

Since the site is a Working Department, if the Contractor has to execute the

work after working hours, nights & on holidays. No extra payments will be

made to the contractor on account of carrying out the works during odd hours.

4. STORAGE OF MATERIALS:

On-site storage space will be provided to the Contractor subject to availability.

However, the Contractor may erect temporary sheds for storage purposes at his

cost with the permission of NABARD. NABARD will not be responsible for

Contractor's materials. The Contractor may be required to vacate the storage

space and sheds as per exigency without any extra cost to NABARD

5. LABOUR HUTMENT:

Shelter or stay for the labourers has to be arranged by the contractor outside NABARD office premises at his own expense and responsibility.

6. IDLE LABOUR AND EXTENSION OF TIME:

In case the construction work is held up for any site conditions not attributable

to the contractors or for any decisions instructions / want of details from

Employer / Consultants or for any of the conditions as per General conditions

of contract at S.No: 30 and 31, the contractor shall be allowed reasonable

extension of time by the employer but any additional/ extra claim for payment

to idle labour/tools/establishment/plant etc. during this period shall not be

the liability of the employer. Contractor’s quoted rates should include for all

such contingencies.

Page 27: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 25 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

The Contractor or his authorized representative should visit the site frequently as required by NABARD and meet NABARD’s Engineer with prior appointment for any clarifications and to receive instructions, take measurements, etc. at the site. The work should not suffer due to lack of supervision, manpower and materials.

The Contractor is required to co-ordinate his works along with other agencies

working at site. He has to reimburse for any of the damage made by him

or any of his representatives to any other agency or the Employer at site.

Nothing extra will be paid for making any cut-out / opening for electrical wiring / fitting in any of false ceiling, partition, Paneling, masonry work etc. contractor’s quoted rates should include for all such works.

The contractor is required to fabricate a sample where required, or any item so installed for approved. Any changes made by the Consultant/Employers, in the sample to the specifications as mentioned in the tender, shall not be deducted or paid extra. The bulk production of the furniture can only be taken up after the final approval of the sample of the item.

The partitions shall be so fixed that all joinery work is in plumb and true in line. The partition frame shall be firmly fixed to the floor and ceiling by using suitable wall plugs and screws.

The contractor shall check all dimensions before fabricating and fixing the

partitions or ceiling in position at site.

All measurements given in the schedule hereunder are for the purpose of tender

only. Payment will be made on actual measurement of the work done.

All measurements shall be as per relevant I.S.I. standards and Materials used

should conform to relevant National Codes.

Except where provided for in the description of the individual items in the

schedule of quantities and in the specifications and conditions laid down

hereinafter and in the drawings, the work shall be carried out as per standard

specifications and under the direction of Employer / Consultant.

Page 28: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 26 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

6. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

1. TECHNICAL AUDIT

The work is liable to be technically audited by the chief technical examiner of the

Central Vigilance Commission, Govt. of India from Time to Time. Any defects,

improvements or testing etc. pointed out by the Chief Technical Examiner should

be carried out by the contractor at his own cost and deduction suggested by the

CTE will be borne by the contractor. The employer shall have a right to cause a

technical examination and audit of works and the final bills of the contractor

including all supporting vouchers, abstracts etc. to be made at the time of payment

of the final bills. If as a results of this examination or otherwise any sum found to

have been overpaid in respect of any work done by the contractor under the

contract , the contractor shall be liable to return an amount of overpayment and it

will be lawful for the employer to recover the same from any sum of sums due to

him and in any other manner legally permissible and it is found that the contractor

was paid than what was due to him under the contract in respect of any work

executed by him under the contract , the amount of such underpayment shall be

duly paid by the employer . Any sum of money due and payable to the contractor

(including security deposit returnable to him) under this contract may be

appropriated by NABARD and set off against any claim of NABARD for the payment

of sum of money arising out of or under any other contract made by the contractor

with NABARD.

2. INTERPRETATION

In constructing these conditions, the specifications, the schedule of quantities,

tender and agreement, the following words shall have the meaning herein

assigned to them except where the subject or context otherwise requires.

i. Employer: The term employer shall denote NABARD with their Regional office at 54, WELLESLEY ROAD, SHIVAJI NAGAR, PUNE, 411005 and any of its

employees representative authorized on their behalf. ii. Consultants: The term Consultant shall mean M/s. Tarun G Barai

Consultant, 303 Flyover Apt, 12 A, Teli Gali, Andheri (E),Mumbai –

400 069 or in the event of his / their ceasing to be the Consultant for the purpose of this contract such other persons as the employer shall

nominate for the purpose. iii. Contractor: The term contractor shall mean

(Name and address of the contractor) and his / their heirs, legal

representatives, assigns & successors.

Page 29: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 27 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

iv. Site: The site shall mean the site where the works are to be executed as shown within boundary in red border on the site plan including any building and erection thereon, allotted by the employer for the contractors

use. v. Bank Engineer: Any Engineer appointed from time to time by the employer

shall act as Engineer for the said Contract at the said site. vi. Drawings: The work is to be carried out in accordance with drawings,

specifications, the schedule of quantities and any further drawings, which

may be supplied, or any other instruction, which may be given by the Employer during the execution of the work.

All drawings relating to work given to the contractor together with a copy

of schedule of quantities are to be kept at site and the contractor will

made them available to the employer / consultant whenever necessary.

In case any detailed Working Drawings are necessary contractor shall

prepare such detailed drawings and / or dimensional sketches therefore

and have it confirmed by the Employer / Consultants as case may be

prior to taking up such work.

The contractor shall ask in writing for all clarifications on matters

occurring anywhere in drawings, specifications and schedule of

quantities or to additional instructions at least

10 days ahead from the time when it is required for implementation so

that the Employer may be able to give decision thereon.

vii. “The Works” shall mean the work or works to be executed or done under

this contract.

viii. “Act of Insolvency” shall mean any act as such as defined by the Presidency Towns Insolvency Act or in Provincial Insolvency act or any

amending status. ix. “The Schedule of Quantities” shall mean the schedule of quantities as

specified and forming part of this contract. x. “Priced Schedule of Qu an t i t i e s ” shall mean the schedule of quantities

duly priced with the accepted quoted rates of the contractor. xi. “Contract” shall mean the Articles of Agreement, the general conditions

special conditions, the appendix, the schedule of quantities, specifications and drawings attached here to and duly signed.

xii. “Contract Price” shall mean the sum named in the Tender subject to such additions thereto or deductions there from as may be made under the provisions hereafter contained.

xiii. “Notice in Writing” or written notice shall mean a notice in writing, type or printed characters sent (unless delivered personally or otherwise provided to have been received) by registered post to the last known private or business address or registered office of the addressee and shall

Page 30: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 28 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

be deemed to have been received when in the ordinary course of post it would have been delivered.

xiv. “Net Prices” any arriving at the Contract amount the Contractor shall have added to or deducted from the total of the items if the Tender any sum, either as a percentage or otherwise, then the net price of any item in the tender shall be the sum arrived at by adding to or deducting from the actual figure appearing in the tender as the price of that item a similar percentage or proportionate sum. Providing always that in determining the percentage or proportion of the sum so added or deducted by the contractor, the total amount of any Prime Cost items and provisional sums of money shall be deducted from the total amount of the tender. The expression “net rates” or “net prices” when used with reference to the contract or account shall be hold to mean rates or prices so arrived at.

xv. “Virtual Completion” shall mean the site is in the opinion of the Consultant and Employer fit for occupation.

xvi. “Date of commencement” shall be either one-week, from the date of issue work order to the contractor or day on which the contractor will take possession of site whichever is earlier

3. SCOPE OF WORK:

The Contractor shall carry out and complete the said work in every respect in

accordance with this Contract and with the directions of and to the satisfaction

of the Consultant and Employer. The Consultant with approval of Employer

issue further drawings and / or written instructions, details directions and

explanations which hereafter collectively referred to as “Consultant’s

Instructions” In regard to:

a. The variation or modification of the design quality or quantity of works or the addition or omission or substitution of any work.

b. Any discrepancy in the drawings or between the schedule of

quantities and / or drawings and / or specification. c. The removal from the site of any defective material brought thereon

by the contractor and the substitution of any other material thereof.

d. The demolition removal and / or re-execution of any work executed by the contractor/s.

e. The dismissal from the work of any persons employed there upon.

f. The opening up for inspection of any work covered up.

g. The rectification and making good of any defects under clauses

hereinafter mentioned and those arising during the maintenance period (Defect Liability Period).

Page 31: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 29 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

The contractor shall forthwith comply with and duly execute any work comprised

in such Employer’s or his agent / Consultant’s instructions, provided always

that verbal instructions, directions and explanations given to the contractor’s or

his representative upon the works by the Employer’s or his agent /

Consultants shall, if involving a variation, be confirmed in writing to the

contractor/s within seven days. No works, for which rates are not specifically

mentioned in the priced schedule of quantities, shall be taken up without written

permission of the Employer or his agent / Consultants. The employer in

consultation with the Consultants as provided in clause “variation” shall fix rates

of items not mentioned in the priced schedule of quantities.

Regarding all factory made products for which ISI marked products are

available, only products bearing ISI marking shall be used in the work.

4. TENDERERS SHALL VISIT THE SITE

Intending tenderer shall visit the site and make himself thoroughly acquainted

with the local site condition, nature and requirements of the works, facilities of

transport conditions, effective labour and materials, access and storage for

materials and removal of rubbish. The tenderer shall include the cost of these

items in the quoted rates like carriage, freight and other charges as also for

any special difficulties and including police restriction for transport etc., for

proper execution of work as indicated in the drawings. The successful tenderer

will not be entitled to any claim of compensation for difficulties faced or losses

incurred on account of any site condition which existed before the

commencement of the work or which in the opinion of the employer or his agent

/ Consultant might be deemed to have reasonably been inferred to be so

existing before commencement of work.

5. TENDERS

The entire set of tender paper issued to the tenderer should be submitted and

also signed on the last page together with initials on every page. Initial /

signature will indicate the acceptance of the tender papers by the tenderer.

(Also see general rules and instructions for the guidance of Tenderers)

Page 32: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 30 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

The schedule of quantities shall be filled in as follows:

i. The “Rate” column to be legibly filled in ink in both English figures and

English words. ii. Amount column to be filled in for each item and the amount for each

sub head as detailed in the “Schedule/ Bill of Quantities”. iii. All corrections are to be initialed. iv. In case of any errors / omissions in the quoted rates, the rates given in

the tender marked “original” shall be taken as correct rates.

No modifications, writings or corrections can be made in the tender

papers by the tenderer, but may at his option offer his comments or

modifications in a separate sheet of paper attached to the original tender paper.

The Employer reserves the right to reject the lowest or any tender and also to

discharge any or all of the tenders of each section or to split up and distribute

any item of work to any specialist firm or firms, without assigning reasons.

The tenderers should note that the tender is strictly on the item rate basis and

their attention is drawn to the fact that the rates for each and every item should

be correct, workable and self-supporting. If called upon by the Employer /

Consultants detailed analysis of any or all the rates shall be submitted. The

Employer / Consultants shall not be bound to recognize the contractor’s

analysis. All corrections are to be initialed.

The works will be paid for as “measured work” on the basis of actual work done and not as “lumpsum” contract, unless otherwise specified.

All items of work described in the schedule of quantities are to be deemed and

paid as complete works in all respects and details including preparatory and

finishing works involved, directly related to and reasonably detectable from the

drawings, specifications and schedule of quantities and no further extra charges

will be allowed in this connection. In the case of lump-sum charges in the

tender in respect of any items of work will be made for the actual work done

on the basis of lumpsum charges as will be assessed to be payable by the

Employer / Consultants.

The employer has power to add to, omit from any work as shown in

drawings or described in specifications or include in schedule of quantities and

intimate the same in writing but no addition, omission or variation shall be

made by the contractor without authorization from the Employer. No variation

shall vitiate the contract.

The tenderer shall note that his tender shall remain open for consideration for a

period of three months from the date of opening of the tender.

Page 33: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 31 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

6. AGREEMENT

The successful contractor will be required to sign agreement in accordance with

the draft agreement enclosed and the schedule conditions. The contractor shall

pay for all stamps and legal expenses, incidental thereto. However the written

acceptance by the employer of a tender will constitute a binding contract

between the employer and the person so tendering whether such formal

agreement is or is not subsequently executed.

7. AUTHORITIES, NOTICES, PATENT RIGHTS AND ROYALTIES:

The Contractor shall confirm to the provisions of the statutes relating to the

works, and so to the regulation and bylaws of local authority, and of any water,

lighting and other companies on authorities with whose systems the structures

are proposed to be connected and shall before making any variation from the

drawings or specifications, that may be necessitated by so conforming given

to the Consultant’s written notice, specifying the variations proposed to be

made and the reason for making it apply for instruction thereon.

In case, the Contractor shall not within the 10 days receive such instruction, he

shall proceed with the work conforming to the provisions, regulations or bylaws

in questions.

The Contractor shall bring to the attention of the Consultant all notices required

by the said acts, regulations or bylaws to be given to any Authority, and pay to

such authority or to any Public Officer all fees that may be properly chargeable

in respect of the works, and lodge the receipts with the Consultant /Employer.

The Contractor shall identify the Employer against all claims in respect of

patent rights, designs, trademarks or name or the protected rights in respect

of any constructional plant, machine, work or material used for or in

connection with the works or temporary works and from and against all claims,

demands, proceedings, damages, costs, charges, and expenses whatsoever in

respect thereof or in relation thereto. The Contractor shall defend all actions

arising from such claims, unless he has informed the Consultants, before any

such infringement and received their permission to proceed and shall himself

pay all royalties, license fees, damages, coat and charges of all and every sort

that may be legally incurred in respect thereof.

Page 34: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 32 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

8. TAXES AND DUTIES

The tenderers must include in their tender prices quoted for all duties royalties,

cess and sales tax, works contract tax or any other taxes or local charges if

applicable. No extra claim on this account will in any case be entertained.

9. NOTICES AND STATUTORY REGULATIONS:

The contractor shall give all notices and pay all fees and shall comply all Acts

and Regulations for the successful completion of the contract works. The whole

of the work is to be complied with as per the requirements and bylaws of the

relevant statutory authorities including contract labour (Regulation and

Abolition) Act 1970.

10. QUANTITY OF WORK TO BE EXECUTED

The Schedule of Quantities unless otherwise stated shall be deemed to

have been prepared in accordance with the Standard Procedure of the

Consultants shall be considered to be approximate and subject to variation. The

Employer reserves the right to execute only a part or the whole or any excess

thereof without assigning any reason therefore.

The Contractor shall be deemed to have satisfied himself before tendering to the

correctness and sufficiency of his tender for the works and of the prices stated

in the Schedule of Quantities and / or the Schedule of Rates and Prices, which

rates and prices shall cover all things necessary for the completion of the works.

11. OTHER PERSONS ENGAGED BY THE EMPLOYER

The Employer reserves the right to execute any part of the work included in this

contract or any work, which is not included in this contract by the other

Agency, or persons and contractor shall allow all reasonable facilities and

use of his scaffoldings for the execution of such work. The main contractor

shall extend all cooperation in his regard.

Page 35: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 33 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

12. EMD/ ISD/ RMD

An initial part amount of Rs 8,20,000/- ( Rupees eight lakh twenty

thousand only) towards Earnest Money Deposit (EMD) by way of a Bank

Guarantee from Nationalised/Scheduled Bank to be submitted alongwith

“Technical Bid”. The Tender without initial part amount of EMD shall

be rejected out rightly. No interest is allowed on the EMD.

The “Initial Security deposit”(ISD), which will be 2% of the accepted

value of the tender minus initial part payment i.e. EMD, will be

submitted by the successful tenderer in form of cash or bank draft from a

scheduled bank within 15 days of intimation to him of acceptance of his

tender. No interest is allowed on the ISD.

"Retention Money Deposit" (RMD) at the rate of 5% is recovered from

each on-account bill till the total recovery amounts to the figure

stipulated in the tender document at the time of invitation of tender.

This sum will be arrived at after adjusting the EMD/ISD. The EMD/ISD

together with RMD will constitute Security Deposit. While determining

the RMD, the EMD/ISD already with the Bank shall be taken into

account.

13. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE EVERYTHING NECESSARY

The Contractor shall provide everything necessary for the proper execution

of the work according to the intent and meaning of the drawings, schedule

of quantities and specifications taken together whether the same may or

may not be particularly shown or described therein provide that the same

can reasonably be inferred there from and if the contractor finds any

discrepancies therein he shall immediately and in writing, refer the same to

the Employer / Consultants whose decision shall be final and binding.

14. TIME OF COMPLETION, EXTENSION OF TIME & PROGRESS CHART

The Contractor shall be allowed admittance to the site on the „Date of Commencement‟ stated in the Appendix, and he shall thereupon and

Page 36: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 34 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

forthwith begin the works and shall regularly proceed with to complete the same (except such painting or other decorative work as the Employer may desire to delay). On or before the “Day of Completion” stated in the Appendix subject nevertheless the provision for the extension of time hereinafter contained.

If in the opinion of the Employer the works be delayed: By

a. force major, OR

b. By reason of any exceptionally inclement weather,

OR

c. By reason of proceedings taken or threatened by or dispute with

adjoining or neighboring Employers of public authorities arising,

than through the Contractor’s own default, OR

d. By the works or delays of the contractors tradesmen engaged or

nominated by the Employer / Consultant and not referred in the

Schedule of Quantities and / or specifications, OR

e. By reason of civil, commotion, local combination of workmen or

strike or lock-out effecting any of the buildings traders, OR

f. By reason of the Consultant’s instructions as per clause 2, OR

g. In consequence of the Contractor not having in due time,

necessary instructions from the Consultant for which he shall

have specifically applied in writing ahead of time, giving the

Consultant reasonable time to prepare such instructions, the

Employer/Consultants shall make a fair and reasonable

extension of time for completion of the Contract works.

In case of such strike or lock-out, the Contractor shall as soon as possible,

give written notice thereof to the Employer/Consultant, but the Contractor

shall nevertheless constantly use his endeavors to prevent delay and shall

do all they may reasonably be required, to the satisfaction of the Consultant

to proceed with the work.

The Contractor on starting the works shall furnish to the Employer /

Consultant a PERT / CPM Programme /Bar chart for carrying out the work

stage in the stipulated time for the approval of Consultant / Employer and

follow strictly the approved time schedule incorporating charges if any, to

ensure the completion of the work in stipulated time. A graph or chart on

Page 37: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 35 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

individual work shall be maintained showing the proportionate progress of

work week by week by Consultant a weekly progress report stating

the number of skilled and un skilled laborers employed on the work, working

hours done, place, type, and quantity of work done during the period.

The Contractor must inform the Consultant within 10 days in advance of all

drawings and detailed required by him from time to time. The Contractor

shall Adhere to the approved program and arrange for the materials and

labour etc accordingly. Despite repeated instructions, if the Contractor

fails to show proportionate progress of the work, the Consultant / Employer

may take suitable action and deemed fit without prejudice to any terms and

conditions of the contract.

15. Site Order Book

i. For issuing instructions to Contractors in the course of day-to-day supervision of works, Site Order Books shall be maintained in a prescribed form (format can be obtained from Employer). The pages shall be machine

numbered in triplicate, so that a copy each of the pages can be given to the Contractors and the Consultants/PMC for necessary action. While issuing such instructions, the Contractors'/his authorised representative's signature

shall be obtained in the Office copy.

ii. Instructions in the Site Order Book shall be recorded under the signature of the PMC/Bank's Engineer at the site or the Consultants' Resident Engineer. The Engineers of the PMC during their periodical inspection / visits

shall peruse and record their instructions, if any, in this book.

iii. All instructions to the Contractors which are at variance with tender provisions as also pointing out through Site Order Book by the Site Engineer as well as Senior Engineers visiting the site of construction for inspection.

iv. The Site Order Book shall be kept in the custody of the Bank's Engineer/PMC at site. This fact shall be made clear to the Contractors at the

beginning of work.

v. The Site Order Book shall be referred at the time of making final payments to the Contractors.

Page 38: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 36 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

16. Hindrance Register

In order to have a record of hindrances in the progress of work which may

result in delays and consequent claims from the contractors for extension of

time, a "Hindrance Register" shall be maintained at the construction site.

The details of the hindrances with time period shall be recorded by the

Bank's Engineer / PMC therein as and when these occur and all recordings

shall be signed jointly by the Bank's Engineer/ PMC and that genuine and

acceptable hindrances to their work recorded in this register will only be

considered for extension of time.

17. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES

Should the work be not completed to the satisfaction of the Employer within

the stipulated period, the contractor shall be bound to pay to the

Employer a sum calculated as given below by way of liquidated damages

and not as penalty during which the work remains uncommenced or

unfinished after the expiry of the completion date.

a. Liquidated damages : Time is the essence of the contract and Liquidated Damages" shall be

recovered from the contractor’s dues for delay in completion of the work on

his part, subject to force majeure clause. The quantum of liquidated

damages per week shall be calculated at 0.25% of the estimated cost put to

tender subject to a maximum 5% of the accepted tender amount.

18. NOTICE AND PATENTS OF APPROPRIATE AUTHORITY AND EMPLOYERS

The contractor shall conform to the provisions of any Acts of the Legislature

relating to the work, and to the Regulations and Bye-Laws of any

authorities, and / or any water, lighting and other companies, and / or

authorities with whose systems the structures were proposed to have

connection and shall before making any variations from the drawings or

specifications that may be associated to so conform, give the Employer /

Consultants written notices specifying the variations proposed to be made

and reasons for making them and apply for instruction thereon. The

Employer / Consultants written notices specifying the variations proposed to

Page 39: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 37 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

be made and reasons for making them and apply for instruction thereon.

The Employer / Consultants on receipt of such intimation, shall give a

decision within a reasonable time.

The contractor/s shall arrange to give all notices required for by the

said Acts, Regulations or Bye-laws to be given to any authority, and to pay

to such authority or to any public officer all fees that may be properly

chargeable in respect of the work and lodge the receipts with the Employer.

The contractor shall indemnify the Employer against all claims in respect of

patent rights, royalties, and damages to buildings, roads or members of

public in course of execution of work and shall defend all actions arising

from such claims and shall keep the Employer saved harmless and

indemnified in all respects from such actions, costs and expenses.

19. MATERIALS, WORKMANSHIP, SAMPLES, TESTING OF MATERIALS.

All the works specified and provided for in the specifications or which may

be required to be done in order to perform and complete any part thereof shall

be executed in the best and most workmanlike manner with materials of the

best and approved quality of the respective kinds in accordance with the

particulars contained in and implied by the specifications and as represented

by the drawings or according to such other additional particulars, and

instructions as may from time to time be given by the Employer /

Consultants during the execution of the work and to his entire satisfaction.

All mandatory tests shall be carried out as per CPWD specifications. If

required by the Employer / Consultants, the contractor shall have to

carry out tests on materials and workmanship in approved materials

testing laboratories or as prescribed by the Employer / Consultants at

his own cost to prove that the materials etc., under test conform to the

relevant I.S Standards or as specified in the specifications. The

necessary charges for preparation of mould (in case of concrete cube),

transporting, testing etc., shall have to be borne by the contractor. No extra

payment on this account should in any case be entertained.

All the materials (except where otherwise described) stores and equipment

required for the full performance of the work under the contract must be

provided through normal channels and must include charges for import

duties, sales tax, octroi and other charges and must be the best of their kind

available and the contractors must be entirely responsible for the proper and

Page 40: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 38 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

efficient carrying out of the work. The work must be done in the best

workmanlike manner. Samples of all materials to be used must be

submitted to the Employer / Consultants when so directed by the

Engineer / Consultants and written approval from Employer must be

obtained prior to placement of order.

Any damage (during constructions) to any part of the work for any reasons

due to rain, storm or neglect of contractor shall be rectified by the contractor

in an approved manner at no extra cost.

Should the work be suspended by reason of rain, strike, lockouts or any

other cause, the contractor shall take all precautions necessary for the

protection of work and at his own expenses shall make good any damage

arising from any of these causes.

The contractor shall cover up and protect from damage, from any cause, all

new work and supply all temporary doors, protection to windows, and any

other requisite protection for the execution of the work whether by himself or

special tradesmen or sub-contractor and any damage caused must be made

good by the contractor at his own expenses.

20. REMOVAL OF IMPROPER WORK

The Employer shall during the progress of the work have power to order in

writing from time to time the removal from the work within such reasonable

time or times as may be specified in the order of any materials which in the

opinion of the Employer are not in accordance with specification or

instructions, the substitution or proper re- execution of any work executed

with materials or workmanship not in accordance with the drawings and

specifications or instructions. In case the contractor refuses to comply with

the order the Employer shall have the power to employ and pay other

agencies to carry out the work and all expenses consequent thereon or

incidental thereto as certified by the Employer / Consultants shall be done

by the contractor or may be deducted from any money due to or that may

become due to the contractor. No certificate, which may be given by the

Consultants, shall relieve the contractor from his liability in respect of

unsound work or bad materials.

Page 41: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 39 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

21. SITE ENGINEER

The contractor shall afford the Employer’s representative every facility and assistance for examining the works and materials and checking the measuring time and materials. Neither the Employer’s representative nor any assistant to the Consultant shall have power to revoke, alter enlarge or relax the requirements of this Contract, or to Sanction any day- work, additions, alterations, deviations or omissions unless such an authority may be specially conferred by a written order of the Employer.

The Employer’s Representative shall have to give notice to the Contractor or his foremen about the non-approval of any work or materials and such works shall be suspended or the use of such material should be discontinued until the decision of the Consultant is obtained, the work will from time to time be examined by the Consultant or the Employer’s representative but such examinations shall not in any way exonerate the Contractor from the obligation to remedy defects which may be found to exist at any stage of the work of after the same is completed. Subject to the limitations of this cause, the Contractor shall take instruction from the Consultant / Employer.

22. CONTRACTOR’S EMPLOYEES

The Contractor shall employ technically qualified and competent

supervisors for the work who shall be available (by turn) throughout the

working hours to receive and comply with instructions of the Employer /

Consultants. The contractor shall engage at least one experienced

Engineer as site-in-charge for execution of the work. The contractor shall

employ in connection with the work persons having the appropriate skill or

ability to perform their job efficiently.

The contractor shall employ local laborers‟ on the work as far as possible. No

laborers below the age of sixteen years and who is not an Indian National

shall be employed on the work.

Any labourer supplied by the contractor to be engaged on the work on day

work basis shall be deemed to be a person employed by the contractor.

The contractor shall comply with the provisions of all labour legislation

including the requirements of

a) The payment of Wages Act.

b) Employer’s Liability Act.

c) Workmen’s Compensation Act.

Page 42: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 40 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

d) Contract Labour (Regulation & Abolition) Act. 1970 and Central Rules 1971

e) Apprentices Act 1961

f) Minimum Wages Act

g) Any other Act or enactment relating thereto and rules framed

there under from time to time.

The contractor shall keep the Employer saved harmless and indemnified

against claims if any of the workmen and all costs and expenses as may be

incurred by the Employer in connection with any claim that may be made by

any workmen.

The contractor shall comply at his own cost with the order for requirement of any Health Officer of the State or any local authority or of the Employer regarding the maintenance of proper environmental sanitation of the area where the contractor’s laborers are housed or accommodated, for the prevention of small pox, cholera, plague, typhoid, malaria and other contagious diseases. The contractor shall provide, maintain and keep in good sanitary condition adequate sanitary accommodation and provide facilities for pure drinking water at all times for the use of men engaged on the works and shall remove and clear away the same on completion of the works. Adequate precautions shall be taken by the contractor to prevent nuisance of any kind on the works or the lands adjoining the same.

The contractor shall arrange to provide first aid treatment to the laborers‟ engaged on the works. He shall within 24 hours of the occurrence of any

accident at or about the site or in connection with execution of the works

report such accident to the Employer and also to the competent Authority

where such report is required by law.

23. DISMISAL OF WORKMEN

The contractor shall on the request of the Employer immediately dismiss from

works any person employed thereon by him, who in the opinion of the

Employer be unsuitable or incompetent or who may misconduct him. Such

discharges shall not be the basis of any claim for compensation or damages

against the Employer or any of their officer or employee.

Page 43: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 41 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

24. ASSIGNMENT

The whole of the works included in the contract shall be executed by the

contractor and the contractor shall not directly or indirectly transfer, assign

or underlet the contract or any part, share or interest therein nor, shall take

a new partner, without written consent of the Employer and no subletting

shall relieve the contractor from the full and entire responsibility of the

contract or from active superintendence of the work during their progress.

25. DAMAGE TO PERSONS AND PROPERTY INSURANCE ETC

The contractor shall be responsible for all injury to the work or workmen to persons, animals or things and for all damages to the structural and / or decorative part of property which may arise from the operations or neglect of himself or of any sub-contractor or of any of his or a sub-contractor’s employees, whether such injury or damage arise from carelessness, accident or any other cause whatsoever in any way connected with the carrying out of this contract. The clause shall be held to include inter-alias, any damage to buildings whether immediately adjacent or otherwise, and any damage to roads, streets, foot paths or ways as well as damages caused to the buildings and the works forming the subject of this contract by rain, wind or other inclemency of the weather. The contractor shall indemnify the Employer and hold harmless in respect of all and any expenses arising from any such injury or damages to the person or property as aforesaid and also in respect of any claim made in respect of injury of damage under any acts on compensation or damage consequent upon such claim.

The contractor shall reinstate all damages of every sort mentioned in this

clause so as to deliver the whole of the contract works complete and perfect in

every respect and so as to make good or otherwise satisfy all claims for

damages to the property of third parties.

The contractor shall affect the insurance necessary and indemnify the Employer entirely from all responsibility in this respect. The original insurance policy will be with NABARD which will be jointly in the name of the Employer and contractor and the duplicate will be with the contractor. The scope of insurance is to include damage or loss to the contract itself till this is made over in a complete state, so contractor will take the CAR (Contractors All Risk Policy) for insurance equal to the amount of issued work order for this work. Insurance is compulsory and must be affected from the very initial stage. The contractor shall also be responsible for anything, which may be excluded from damage to any property arising out of incidents, negligence or defective carrying out of this contract.

Page 44: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 42 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

The Employer shall be at liberty and is hereby empowered to deduct the

amount of any damages, compensations, costs, charges and expenses arising

or accruing from or in respect of any such claim or damages from any sums

due to or to become due to the contractor.

26. MEASUREMENTS

As per CPWD guidelines. Before taking any measurement of any work the

contractor/ its representative deputed by him shall give reasonable notice to

the employer. The mode of measurement will depend upon the unit mentioned

in the Schedule of Quantities. If the contractor fails to attend at the

measurements after such notice or fails to countersign or to record the

difference within a week from the date of measurement in the manner required

by Site Engineer or by the subordinate deputed by him as the case may be is

final and binding on the contractor and contractor shall have no right to

dispute the same. The Measurement shall be jointly done with Consultant and

Accepted by the Client.

The Employer / Consultant shall issue a certificate after due scrutiny of the contractor’s bill stating the amount due to the contractor from the Employer and the contractor shall be entitled to payment thereof, within the period of honoring certificates named in

27. PAYMENTS

All bills shall be prepared by the contractor in the form prescribed by the Employer / Consultants. Normally one interim bill shall be prepared each month subject to minimum value of Rs 75 lakhs per month for interim certificate as stated in these documents. The bills in proper forms must be duly accompanied by detailed measurements in support of the qualities of work done and must show deductions for all previous payments, retention money, etc.

The Employer / Consultant shall issue a certificate after due scrutiny of the

contractor’s bill stating the amount due to the contractor from the Employer

and the contractor shall be entitled to payment thereof, within the period of

honoring certificates named in these documents.

The Employer will deduct retention money as described in clause 11 of these

conditions. The refund of retention money will be made as specified in the

said clause.

Page 45: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 43 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

If the Employer has supplied any materials or goods to the contractor, the

cost of any such materials or goods will be progressively deducted from the

amount due to the contractor in accordance with the quantities consumed in

the work.

All the interim payments shall be regarded as payments by way of advance

against the final payment only and not as payments for work actually done

and completed, and shall not preclude the requiring of bad, unsound,

and imperfect or unskilled work to be removal and taken away and

reconstructed, or re-erected or be considered as and admission of the due

performance of the contract, or any part thereof in any respect or the accruing

of any claim, nor shall, it conclude, determine or affect in any way the power

of the Employer under these conditions or any of them as to the final

settlement and adjustment of the accounts or otherwise or in any other way

vary or affect the contract. The final bill shall be submitted by the contractor

to the consultant within one week of the date fixed for completion of the work

or of the date of certificate of completion furnished by the Consultant. The

payment of final bill shall be made by the employer within 45days from the

date of receipt of bill from Consultant. All interim bills shall be supported with

necessary valid insurance covers, test certificates, measurement sheets of

work done duly certified by the consultant and accepted by the contractor,

any other documents as required by the consultant/employer.

Final Payment The final bill shall be accompanied by a certificate of completion from the Employer / Consultants, and other relevant documents such as ……….build drawings etc. Payments of final bill shall be made after deduction of Retention Money as specified in clause 11 of these conditions, which shall be refunded after the completion of the Defects Liability Period after receiving the Employer’s/Consultant’s certificate that the contractor has rectified all defects to the satisfaction of the Employer / Consultants. The acceptance of the payment of the final bill by the contractor would indicate that he has no further claim in respect of the work executed.

28. VARIATION / DEVIATION

The tender rates shall be fixed and applicable for any increase or decrease in

the tendered quantities. The Employer / Consultant can increase or

decrease any quantities to any extend or even delete particular item as per

the site requirements and the contractor shall not be paid anything extra on

Page 46: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 44 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

this account. Nothing extra will be paid by the Bank on account of omission /

deletion of items or decrease in the quantity of items. The Bank shall not

entertain any claim whatsoever from the contractor on this account.

The price of all additional items / non-tendered items will be worked out on

the basis of rates quoted for similar items in the contract wherever existing. If

similar items are not available, the rates for such items will be derived as per

standard method of rate analysis based on prevalent fair price of labour,

material and other components as required with 15% towards contractor’s

profit and overheads plus applicable Service Tax.

29. SUBSTITUTION

Substitution is generally not allowed, in case of exception it will be permitted after the approval of the Employer / Consultants in writing for any such substitution well in advance. Materials designated in this specification shall be prefer first and in case of non- availability those mentioned in BoQ the substitution by “Equal” or “Other approved” etc. needs approval of the Employer / Consultant in writing.

30. CLEARING SITE ON COMPLETION

On completion of the works the contractor shall clear away and remove from

the site all constructional plant, surplus materials, rubbish and temporary

works of every kind and leave the whole of the site and the works clean and in

a workmanlike condition to the satisfaction of the Employer/Consultants.

31. DEFECTS AFTER COMPLETION

The contractor shall make good at his own cost and to the satisfaction of the

Employer all defects, shrinkage, settlements or other faults, which may appear

within 12 months after completion of the work. In the default, the Employer

may employ and pay other persons to amend and make good such damages,

losses and expenses consequent thereon or incidental thereto shall be made

good and borne by the contractor and such damages, loss and expenses shall

be recoverable from him by the Employer or may be deducted by the employer,

in lieu of such amending and making good by the contractor, deduct from any

money due to the contractor a sum equivalent to the cost of amending such

Page 47: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 45 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

work and in the event of the amount retained being insufficient recover that

balance from the contractor from the amount retained under clause no.11

together with any expenses the Employer may have incurred in connection

therewith.

32. CONCEALED WORK

The contractor shall give due notice to the Employer/Consultants whenever any

work is to be buried in the earth, concrete or in the bodies of walls or otherwise

becoming inaccessible later on, in order that the work may be inspected and

correct dimensions taken before such burial, in default whereof the same

shall, at the opinion of the Employer/ Consultant be either opened up for

measurement at the contractor’s expenses or no payment may be made for such

materials. Should any dispute or differences arise after the execution of any

work as to measurements etc., or other matters which cannot be conveniently

tested or checked, the notes of the Employer / Consultants shall be accepted

as correct and binding on the contractor.

33. IDLE LABOUR

Whatever the reasons may be, no claim for idle labour, additional

establishment cost of hire and labour charges of tools and plants would be

entertained under any circumstances.

34. SUSPENSION OF WORKS

If the contractor except on account of any legal restraint upon the Employer

preventing the continuance of the work or in the opinion of the Employer shall

neglect or fail to proceed with due diligence in the performance of his part of

the contract or if he shall more than once make default, the Employer shall

have the power to give notice in writing to the contractor requiring the work to

be proceeded within a reasonable manner and with reasonable dispatch, such

notice purport to be a notice under this clause.

After such notice shall have been given, the contractor shall not be at liberty to

remove from the site of the works or from any ground contiguous thereto any

plant or materials to subsist from the date of such notice being given until the

Page 48: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 46 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

notice shall have been compiled with. If the contractor fails to start the work

within seven days after such notice has been given to proceed with the

works as therein prescribed, the employer may proceed as provided in clause

34. (Termination of Contract by Employer)

35. TERMINATION OF CONTRACT BY EMPLOYER

If the contractor being a company go into liquidation whether voluntary or

compulsory or being a firm shall be dissolved or being an individual shall be

adjudicated insolvent or shall make an assignment or a composition for the

benefit of the greater part, in number of amount of his creditors or shall enter

into a Deed or arrangement with his creditors, or if the Official Assignee in

insolvency, or the Receiver of the contractor in insolvency, shall repudiate the

contract, or if a receiver of the contractor’s firm appointed by the court shall be

unable within fourteen days after notice to him requiring him to do so, to show

to the reasonable satisfaction of the employer that he is able to carry out and

fulfill the contract, and if so required by the employer to give reasonable

security therefore, or if the contractor shall suffer execution to be issued, or

shall suffer any payment under this contract to be attached by or on behalf of

and of the creditors of the contractor, or shall assign, charge or encumber this

contract or any payments due or which may become due to contractor, there

under, or shall neglect or fail to observe and perform all or any of the acts

matters of things by this contract, to be observed and performed by the

contractor within three clear days after the notice shall have been given to the

contractor in manner hereinafter mentioned requiring the contractor to

observe or perform the same or shall use improper materials of workmanship

in carrying on the works, or shall in the opinion of the employer not exercise

such due diligence and make such progress as would enable the work to be

completed within due time agreed upon, and shall fail to proceed to the

satisfaction of the employer after three clear das notice requiring the contractor

so to do shall have been given to the contractor as hereinafter mentioned or

shall abandon the contract, then and in any of the said cases, the Bank may

notwithstanding previous waiver determine the contract by a notice in

writing to the effect as hereinafter mentioned, but without thereby effecting

the powers of the employer of the obligations and liabilities of the contractor

the whole of which shall continue in force as fully as if the contract, had not

been so determine and as if the works subsequently executed by or on behalf

of the contractor (without thereby creating any trust in favour of the contractor)

further the employer or his agent, or servants, may enter upon and take

Page 49: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 47 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

possession of the work and all plants tools scaffolding sheds machinery, steam,

and other power, utensils and materials lying upon premises or the adjoining

lands or roads and sell the same as his own property or may employ the same

by means of his own servants and workmen in carrying on and completing the

works or by employing any other contractors or other persons or person to

complete the works, and the contractor shall not in any way interrupt or do any

act, matter or thing to prevent or hinder such other contractors or other

persons or person employed from completing and finishing or using the

materials and plants for the works when the works shall be completed, or as

soon thereafter as conveniently may be the employer shall give notice in writing

to the contractor to remove his surplus materials and plants and should the

contractor to remove his surplus materials after receipt by him the employer

may sell the same by Public Auction and shall give credit to the contractor for

the amount so realized. Any expenses or losses incurred by the contractor for

the amount so realized. Any expenses or losses incurred by the employer in

getting the amount payable to the contractor by way of selling his tools and

plants or due on account of work carried out by the contractor prior to

engaging other contractors or against the Security Deposit.

36. ARBITRATION

All disputes or differences of any kind whatsoever which shall at any time arise

between the parties hereto touching or concerning the works or the execution or

maintenance thereof this contract or effect thereof or to the rights or liabilities of

the parties or arising out of or in relation thereto whether during or after

determination foreclosure or breach of the contract (other than those in respect

of which the decision of any person is by the contract expressed to be final and

binding) shall after written notice by either party to the contract to the other of

them and to the Employer hereinafter mentioned be referred for adjudication to a

sole Arbitrator to be appointed as hereinafter provided.

For the purpose of appointing the sole Arbitrator referred to above, the Employer will send within thirty days of receipt of the notice, to the contractor a panel of three names of persons who shall be presently unconnected with the organization for which the work is executed from the following categories of Arbitrators”:-

a. Retired High Court/Supreme Court judge who have experienced in handling Arbitration Cases.

b. Member of Council of Arbitrators

Page 50: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 48 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

c. Fellow of the Institution of Engineers

d. Eminent Retired Chief Engineer from State/Central PWD/Public sector

undertaking of good reputation and integrity

e. Fellow of Indian Institute of Consultants

The contractor shall on receipt of the names as aforesaid, select any one of the

person’s name to be appointed as a sole Arbitrator and communicate his name

to the Employer within thirty days of receipt of the names. The Employer shall

thereupon without any delay appoint the said person as the Sole Arbitrator. If

the contractor fails to communicate such selection as provided above

within the period specified, the Employs should make the selection and

appoint the selected person as the Sole Arbitrator.

If the Employer fails to send to the contractor the panel of three names as

aforesaid within the period specified, the contractor shall send to the Employer a

panel of three names of persons who shall all be unconnected with either party.

The Employer shall on receipt appoint him as the Sole Arbitrator. If the

Employer fails to select the person and appoint him as the Sole Arbitrator

within 30days of receipt of the panel and inform the contractor accordingly, the

contractor shall be entitled to appoint one of the persons from panel as the Sole

Arbitrator and communicate his name to the Employer.

If the Arbitrator so appointed is unable or unwilling to act or resigns his

appointment or vacates his office due to any reason whatsoever another

Sole Arbitrator shall be appointed as aforesaid.

The work under the Contract shall, however, continue during the arbitration

proceedings and no payment due or payable to the contractor shall be withheld

on account of such proceedings.

The Arbitrator shall be deemed to have entered on the reference on the date he

issued notice to both the parties fixing date of the first hearing.

The Arbitrator may from time to time, with the consent of the parties, enlarge the

time for making and publishing the award.

The arbitrator shall give a separate award in respect of each dispute or difference

referred to him. The Arbitrator shall decide each dispute in accordance with the

terms of the contract and give a reasoned award. The venue of arbitration shall

be such place as may be fixed by the Arbitrator in his Sole discretion.

Page 51: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 49 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

The award of the Arbitrator shall be final and binding on the both the

parties.

Subject to aforesaid the provisions to the Arbitration Act. 1992 or any statutory

modification or re-enactment thereof and the rules made there under, and for the

time being in force, shall apply to the arbitration proceeding under this clause.

The Employer and the contractor hereby also agree that arbitration under clause

shall be condition precedent to any right to action under the contract with regard

to the matters hereby expressly agreed to be so referred to arbitration.

Page 52: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 50 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

7. SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

1. Completeness of contract

Contractor shall be deemed to have carefully examined the specifications,

general conditions and tender drawings, etc. and to have been fully informed

and have satisfied himself as to the nature and character of the work to be

executed, site conditions and other relevant matters and details.

Contractor shall provide all items whether specifically mentioned or not but

which are usual or required to make a complete working plant and to ensure

safe and satisfactory operations. All apparatus, appliances material or labour

which may be necessary to complete the work in accordance with the intent or

purpose of these specifications shall be considered to be in the scope of work of

the contract and shall be furnished without extra charge, as if fully described

and called for these specifications. In case of doubt, the tenderer shall clearly

point out his construction, of the specifications, before award of contract.

Contractor shall study the site conditions and the equipment room layouts and

confirm that the size of various rooms indicated is sufficient for his equipment

to perform to the full capacity.

Unless otherwise agreed in writing, these specifications, drawings and general

conditions etc., form the contract documents and all clauses and conditions

specified by the contractor stand null and void.

2. References

Reference to standards, codes, specifications, and recommendations shall mean

the latest edition of such publications adopted and published at date of

invitations to submit proposals.

3. Inspections and Testing At Contractor's Premises

Employer or his authorized representatives shall have full power to inspect

drawings or any portion of the work or examine the materials and workmanship

of the plant at Contractor's work or at any place from which the material or

equipment is obtained.

Page 53: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 51 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

Acceptance of any material or equipment shall in no way relieve the Contractor

of his responsibility formatting the requirements of the specifications. All the

required tests shall be carried out by the Contractors at no extra cost.

4. Programmes of Work & Progress Reports

Within 15 days of acceptance of the tender the Contractor in consultation with

the consultant & consultant shall submit a detailed schedule showing the

programmed and order in which the contractor proposes to carry out the work

with dates and estimated completion time for various parts of the work in the

form of bar/pert charts based on critical path method.

The application for payments against delivery of major equipment shall not be

earlier than the delivery schedule indicated in the bar chart.

All civil work connected with the A.C. work will be the responsibility of the

contractor and no extra cost shall be paid by the employer.

Such schedules shall be approved by the Consutant/Bank’s engineer or

Authorised Representative of the Bank before starting of the work and shall be

binding on the contractor.

In addition to the above, the Contractor shall furnish weekly reports indicating

his progress with respect to the approved schedule clearly pointing out delays, if

any.

5. Drawing and Literature

Before proceeding with the work the contractor shall submit for approval general

layout and assembly drawings & such additional assembly and sub-assembly

detail drawing as are necessary to demonstrate fully that all parts of the

apparatus to be furnished will confirm to the specifications within 15 days of the

acceptance of the tender the Contractor shall furnish three (3) prints of layout,

assembly and erection drawings for approval. On approval six (6) further prints

of the modified drawings incorporating Consultants & consultant comments

shall be submitted. No modifications shall be made in a drawing after it has

been approved by the Consultant, without his prior consent. All drawings

necessary for assembly, erection, maintenance, repair and operation of the

Page 54: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 52 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

equipment shall be furnished. Different parts shall be suitably numbered for

identifications and ordering of spare-parts.

Approval by the Consultant of the drawings shall not relieve the Contractor of

any part of his obligation to meet all the requirements of the Employer or the

corrections of his drawings. The Contractor shall be responsible for and for all

alteration of the works due to discrepancies or omissions in the drawings of

other particulars supplied by him whether such drawings have been approved

by the Employer or not.

After execution of work, Contractor shall furnish a set of original tracings or

floppy’s of the ‘as built’ drawings.

The Contractor shall furnish and install in the machine room a neatly typed a

set of operating instructions securely framed and glazed as per the directions of

the Engineer.

6. Inspection of Drawings

Before filling in the tender, the Contractor will have to check up all the drawings

and schedule of quantities, and will have to get an immediate clarification from

the Consultant on any point that he feels is vague or uncertain. No claim for

damages or compensation will be entertained on this account.

7. Execution of Work

The whole of the work as described in the Contract (Including the schedule of

quantities, the specifications and all drawings pertaining thereto) and as advised

by the Employer/Consultant from time to time is to be carried out and

completed in all its parts to the entire satisfaction of the Employer/Consultant

and the Engineer, Any details of construction which may not have been

definitely referred to in this contract, but which are usual in sound installation

practice and essential to the work are to be included in this Contract. Rates

quoted in the Schedule shall be inclusive of all freights, taxes, such as Octroi,

Sales Tax, Royalties etc. as well as transportation, so as to execute the contract

as per the rules and regulations, of local bodies, State Government and

Government of India.

Page 55: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 53 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

The rates quoted in the tender should include all charges for:

a) Labour, maintenance, fixing, carrying, cleaning, making good, hauling,

watering etc. b) Plant, double scaffolding, framework, English ladders, ropes, nails, spikes ,

tools, materials and workmanship protecting from weather shuttering, temporary supports, platform and the maintenance of the same.

c) Covering for the walling and other works during inclement weather or strikes

or wherever directed as necessary. d) All temporary canvas, lights, tarpaulin, barricades, water shouts, etc. e) All stairs and steps, thresholds and any other requisite protection of the works

according to rules and regulations. f) All such temporary weather proof sheds at such places and in a manner

approved by the consultant for the storage and protection of materials against the effects of sun and rain.

g) All such temporary fences, guards, approaches and roads as may be necessary

for execution of the Contract works and for safeguarding the public. h) Electrical power for erection, commissioning & testing shall be provide at one

point & all ancillary work shall be in contractor scope. i) The rates quoted by the tenderer in the schedule of probable items will be

deemed to be for the finished work.

8. Contractor to Visit Site

Each tenderer must before submit his tender, visit the site of works so as to

ascertain the physical site conditions and prices, availability and quality of

materials according to specifications before submitting the quotations. Non-

availability of materials or changes in the price will not be entertained and no

extra shall be allowed on that account.

9. Site Meetings

A senior representative of the Contractor shall attend weekly meeting at work

site and in addition meeting as arranged by Employer/Consultant to discuss the

progress of work and sort out problems if any and ensure that the work is

completed in stipulated time.

Page 56: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 54 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

10. Site Supervisor

The Contractor shall appoint at his own cost competent Engineer at site.

Employer/Consultant shall approve his appointment. The Site Engineer shall

not be removed from the site without the written consent of the

Employer/Consultant.

11. Access for Inspection

The Contractor has to provide at all times during the progress of the work and

the maintenance period, proper means of access with ladders, gangways etc.,

and the necessary attendants to move and adapt the same as directed for the

inspection or measurement of the works by the Employer/Consultant or their

representatives.

12. Notices

The Contractor shall give all notices and pay all fees and shall comply with all

acts and regulations for the successful completion of the contract works, as per

the rules and regulations of all relevant authorities.

13. Facilities to Other Contractors

The Contractors shall give full facilities and cooperation to all other contractors

working at site such as civil, plumbing, electrical, machinery erectors, etc., as

directed by the Employer & Consultant and shall arrange his programme of

work so as not hinder the progress of other works. The decision of the

Consultant & Consultant on any point of dispute between the various

Contractors shall be final and binding on all parties concerned.

14. Works at night

If the Contractor is required to work at night in order to complete the work

within the time schedule, the Contractor shall do so with the prior approval of

Employer and provide and maintain at his own cost sufficient lights to enable

Page 57: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 55 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

the work to proceed satisfactorily without danger. Approaches to the site also

shall be sufficiently lighted by the Contractor. No labour force shall be permitted

to stay at site.

15. Work on Holidays

No work shall be done on Sundays or other holidays that may be notified by the

Employer & Consultant without the specific sanction writing of the Employer or

his representatives.

16. Reporting of Accidents to the Employer

The Contractor shall be responsible for the safety of all the persons working at

site including visitors etc., and shall report serious accidents to any of them

wherever occurring on the works to the Consultants and Employers. This shall

be without prejudice to the responsibility to the contractor under the Insurance

Clause of the General Conditions.

17. Dimension

Figure dimensions are in all cases to be accepted in preference to scaled sizes.

Large-scale details take precedence over small-scale drawings. In case of

discrepancy, the Contractor has to ask the Consultants for an explanation

before proceeding with the work.

18. Information to be supplied by the Contractor

The Contractor shall submit to the Employer every week as per the proforma:

i) Detailed industrial statistics regarding the labour employed by him daily.

ii) The list of technically qualified persons employed by him for the execution of

the work.

iii) The total quantity and quality of materials used for the works and supplied

to the site.

Page 58: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 56 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

iv) A weekly progress report.

v) Weather report including temperature and humidity.

vi) Special incident at site.

vii) Whether the work is progressing according to schedule. If not, what are the

hitches and the remedial measure?

19. Treasure Trove

Should any treasure, fossils, mineral or work of art of antiquarian interest be

found during excavation of while carrying out the work, the same will be the

property of the Employer. The Contractor shall give immediate notice of any

such treasure to the Employer.

20. Programmes

The Contractor shall within 3 days of the award of the Contract submit to the

Employer a detailed programme of construction according to the forgiven time

schedule. He shall make all changes deemed necessary by the

Employer/Consultant for the fulfillment of the job by due dates.

21. Work and Services to be provided by the Employer

The Employer will provide electric power and water at one point in the building

for proper execution of the work. The Contractor will however have to pay for the

electric power and water consumed by him at the rates chargeable by the local

authorities.

The contractor shall provide all necessary foundations, wall cuttings, anchor

bolts, nuts, washers, vibration isolators etc., required to be grouted in the

foundations.

The Employer depending on the availability will provide one lockable storage

space. However, the security of the materials and equipment brought to site by

the contractor shall be the responsibility of the contractor till the plant is taken

over by the Employer as stipulated elsewhere in these conditions of contract.

Page 59: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 57 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

Also accommodation required for the contract labour shall be arranged by the

contractor himself.

22. Approved Materials

The Contractor shall get all the equipment and materials approved by the

Employer or its Authorised Representative prior to placing order/ procurement.

23. Time Schedule

The work shall be commenced on 10th day of award of Work and shall be

completed in all respects in 10 weeks as per the time schedule submitted by the

Contractor and approved by the Employer/Consultant.

24. Testing

Witnessing the Testing & Clearance of all major equipment / components at

OEM’s works with simulated operating condition as per the instruction of the

MEP consultant is mandatory before the dispatch of the same.

Routine and type tests for the various items of equipment shall be performed at

the contractors works and test certificates furnished. If required by the

Employer, the contractor shall permit the Employer's authorized representative

to be present during any of the tests. After notification to the Employer that the

installation has been completed, the Contractor shall make, under direction and

in the presence of the Employer such tests and inspections as have been

specified or as the Bank’s Engineer shall considered necessary to determine

whether or not the full intent of the requirements of the plant and specifications

have been fulfilled. In case the work does not meet the full intent of the

specifications and further tests shall be considered necessary, the Contractor

shall bear all the expenses hereof.

All the major equipments may be got inspected & tested before dispatch if

desired by the client at the manufacturers work. The AC Contractor shall

intimate the client minimum 21 days in advance about the date of readiness of

equipment for inspection & testing at a date to be mutually agreed upon by the

client & the AC Contractor. The manufacturer of these equipments must have a

Page 60: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 58 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

facility of testing the equipments at the test bed on full load at their works. All

the test readings mutually taken shall be recorded & evaluated with the

technical data furnished by the AC Contractor.

All equipment shall be tested as per tender specifications where test result

indicate capacity less then specified, the Contractor shall pay to the Employer

pro-rata compensation against each item. No compensation shall however, be

payable if the shortfall is 3% or less. All instruments shall be of the required

accuracies and shall be furnished by the contractor at no extra cost. Generally

ASHRAE CODE shall be followed for testing of equipment.

The contractor shall operate, test and adjust all air conditioning units; fans,

motors etc. provided in connection with this installation and shall make all

necessary adjustments and connections thereof.

Performance tests of the system and individual equipment shall be carried out

during peak summer and monsoon conditions and test reading furnished.

All test equipment, labour, operating personnel, oil and Freon required for these

tests shall be furnished by the Contractor, to enable the plant to be put in

continuous running test for a period of three days after all other tests and

adjustments have been made.

25. Rejection of Defective Plant/works

If the completed plant or any portion thereof certified by the Employer/

Consultant is found to be defective or fails to fulfill the intent of the

specifications, the Contractor shall on receipt from the Employer/Consultant

forthwith make the defective plant good.

The Employer shall have the right to operate all equipments if in operating

condition whether or not such equipment have been accepted as complete and

satisfactory, Repairs and alterations shall be made at such times and as

directed by the Employer.

26. Guarantees and Defects Liability Period

The Contractor shall guarantee that all equipments shall be free from any

defects due to defective materials and / or bad workmanship and that the

equipment shall operate satisfactorily and the performance and efficiencies of

Page 61: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 59 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

the equipment shall not be less than the guaranteed values. The guarantee shall

be valid for a period of 12 (twelve) months after “date of issue of virtual

completion certificate” and any equipment or parts found defective shall be

replaced free of all costs by the Contractor. This period shall be known as the

Defects Liability Period and shall be reckoned from the date the Engineer

certified the plant taking over as laid down in clause “Taking over of Plant”

hereinafter. The services of the Contractor's personnel, if requisitioned during

this period for such work, shall be made available free of all costs to the

Employer.

The guarantee shall cover replacement of refrigerant, oil etc.. If the defects be

not remedied within a reasonable period, the Employer may do so at the

contractor's risk and expenses without prejudice to any other rights.

27. Maintenance and Training for Personnel

The Contractor shall without any extra cost carry out for a period of 12 (Twelve)

months after the installation is taken over by the Employer, all special

maintenance of the plant and attend to any difficulties and defects that may

arise in the operation of the plant. The Contractor shall associate with him

during the erection and this period the Employer's maintenance staff to

familiarize them with the operation and maintenance of the plant. If required by

the consultant the contractor shall also agree to train members of the

Employer's maintenance staff either at his or his sub-contractor's work or at

such place or as may be considered suitable by the Employer & Consultant.

The Contractor during “The Defects Liability Period” shall depute a senior

Engineer at least once a month to check the plant and assist the maintenance

personnel of the Employer. Such visits shall be followed by detailed report

clearly indicating the conditions of the equipment, additional precautions

required to operate the plant in a more efficient way in case he finds the plant

not being used in a proper manner.

28. Tests on Completion

Test on completion shall mean such tests as are prescribed in the specifications

or have been mutually agreed to between the Contractor and the Employer /

Consultants to be made before the plant is taken over by the Employer. In case

tests are not possible due to climatic conditions at the time of completion, the

Page 62: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 60 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

Contractor shall be bound to carry out tests as prescribed hereafter at any time

subsequent to the date of completion but before the end of defects liability

period.

29. Taking over the Plant

The plant when erected at site shall be deemed to have been taken over by the

Employer when the Engineer will have certified in writing that the plant has

fulfilled the contract conditions.

The Contractor shall carry out the performance tests in presence of Employer

/Consultant for peak summer and monsoon conditions before the Employer

takes over the plant. In case due to no fault of the Contractor, it is not possible

to furnish the performance tests before the plant is taken over, the Contractor's

shall carry out the said performance test before the end of Defects Liability

Period. In case the contractor fails to carry out the performance test, Defects

Liability Period shall be extended till satisfactory completion of such tests

subject to performance of the equipment as per Tender Specifications.

30. Compensation for Shortfall in Equipment Capacity

All equipments shall be tested as per tender specifications. When test results

indicate capacity less than specified the contractor shall be asked for

replacement or pay to the Employer pro-rata compensation against each item

which will be proportional to it given in Bill of Quantities.

No compensation shall however be payable if the shortfall is 3% or less.

All instruments required for tests shall be of the required accuracy and shall be

furnished by the contractor at no extra cost. Generally ASHRAE CODE shall be

followed. No compensation shall be payable by the Employer to the Contractor

in case test results are more than the Contracted capacity.

30.1. Attend to any other work connected with the air conditioning and

ventilation work and other services, but not referred to in any of the paras

mentioned above.

30.2. Liaise with local bodies, Government, Quasi-Government and other

concerned authorities as may be necessary in connection with the said work;

Page 63: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 61 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

30.3. Other incidental items as may be necessary for execution of the above

work.

31. Extension of Time

Necessary extension of time for completion of works may be granted to the

Contractor only in exceptional cases, but he shall have no claim for any

compensation whatsoever due to the delay involved in completing the project.

32. Rates

The Contractor shall quote same rates for same items in schedule. In case the

Contractor quotes different rates for the same item in various scheduled the

lowest/smallest be taken as correct and the schedules amended accordingly.

The rates quoted in the tender shall be firm and not subject to any escalation for

any reason whatsoever till the completion of the project.

33. Sales and General Taxes

The Contractor shall include in the amount of their tender sales tax, VAT,

service tax, or any other tax, any octroi or any other charges of fees leviable by

the local authority, as it shall be assumed that the contractor's rates cover all

such taxes and no claims on this account shall be entertained.

34. Excise Duty

The quoted price shall be inclusive of full excise duty except where concessional

excise is applicable. The Contractor shall clearly indicate in his offer the

quantum and rate of excise included for all excisable items.

Statutory variation in excise duty on compressors, chillers and condensers, due

to revision in the rate of excise from the time of submission of offer up to the

agreed delivery time will be to the Employers account. However all other

variations including variation in excise on raw materials, unfinished products

and variation in excise beyond agreed delivery schedule will be to the

Page 64: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 62 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

contractor's account. Variation in accessible value of refrigeration equipment

will also be to the contractors account. Variation if any shall be considered only

against actual proof of excess duty payment.

35. Price Escalation

The accepted price of the successful tenderer shall be firm and free from any

variation till the completion of the project in all respects and handing over of the

plant to the Employer

36. Income Tax

Applicable income tax of value of work shall be deducted from all interim and

final bills and remitted to the Central Government towards provisional income

tax of the Contractor work which cannot be derived from the contract item rates

and are not covered in the contract shall be calculated on the basis of actual

cost plus 15% for supervision, overheads and profit.

37. ESIS and Provident Fund

The Contractor shall bear all the financial liability for Employees State

Insurance Scheme payment and Provident Fund for his workers, staff etc. The

Contractor shall extend all assistance to the Employer to deal with relevant

Local Authorities in these matters at no extra cost.

38. Statutory Regulations

The whole of the work including sanitation is to be complied with, as per the

requirements and bye-laws of the relevant statutory authorities including

Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act 1970. The contractor will

indemnify the Employer against all statutory rules and regulations of authorities

in the area with regards to construction of the project.

Page 65: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 63 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

39. Bills and Payments

The Contractor shall submit interim bills on the basis of joint measurements

recorded at work site by the Contractor's and Employer’s/Consultant’s

representatives. Payment will normally be made by the Employer in 30 days

from the date of issue of Employer’s/Consultant’s Certificate of payments.

40. Sales Tax on Work Contract

Amendment contractors have to pay Sales Tax only on the value of material and

they shall therefore quote the tender rate after taking net effect of Sales Tax on

work contract. This will not be paid for separately.

41. Machinery and Equipment

The Contractor will arrange to bring to site necessary diesel operated machinery

and equipment like welding sets etc., as required at no extra cost.

42. Insurance

The Contractor, is required to keep the works duly insured in the joint names

of NABARD and the Contractor (NABARD’s name being first) until the

completion of defect liability period of the works. The following insurance

policies are required to be taken by the contractor; From commencement to

completion of the works, the Contractor shall take full responsibility for the

care of the work and for taking precautions to prevent loss or damage to the

works and to minimize the loss or damage to the greatest extent possible and

shall be liable for any damage or loss that may happen to the works or any part

thereof from any cause whatsoever, inherent defects and failures due to poor

workmanship and causes such as fire, lightening, explosion, earthquake,

storm, hurricane, short circuits , floods, inundation, subsidence, landslides,

rock slides, riots (excluding civil war, rebellion, revolution and insurrection) and

shall at his own cost repair and make good the same so that at all times the

work shall be in good order and condition and in conformity in every respect

with the requirements of the Contract. Explanation: For the purpose of this

condition, the expression "from the commencement to completion defect

Page 66: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 64 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

liability period of the works " shall mean the time commencing from the issue of

the work order to the contractor and ending with successful completion of

work.

42.1. Contactor all risk policy : Without limiting the obligations and

responsibilities under this condition, the Contractor shall insure and keep

insured the works from commencement to completion, as aforesaid, for their

full value provided under this Contract, increased by 25% against the risk of

loss or damage from any cause whatsoever including the causes enumerated in

the Clause (a) above. In the event of there being a variation in the nature and

extent of the work, the Contractor shall from time to time increase or decrease

the value of the insurance correspondingly. The entire premium shall be borne

and paid by the Contractor. The said insurance shall also provide for the

removal of debris of the lost or damaged works.

42.2. Workmen Compensation Policy : The Contractor shall at all times

indemnify the Employer against all losses, claims or damages or compensation

under the provisions of the payment of Wages Act 1936, Minimum Wages Act

1948, Employees Liability Act 1938, Workmen's Compensation Act 1923, The

Maternity Benefit Act 1961, Industrial Disputes Act 1947 and Contract Labour

and Regulation and Abolition Act 1970, Employer State Insurance Act 1948 or

any modification thereof or any other law relating thereto and rules made there

under from time to time or as a consequence of any accident or injury to any

workman or other persons in or about the work whether in the Employment of

the Employer, or Contractor or not and also against all costs, charges and

expenses of any suit, action or proceedings whatsoever out of such accident or

injury or combination of any such claims.

42.3. Third party liability policy for a total of Rs. 5 lakhs.

42.4. Before commencing the work, the Contractor shall without limiting his

obligations and responsibilities under this condition, insure against any loss of

life or injury to any personnel in the employment of Contractor / Subcontractor

/ Nominated Sub-Contractor. For this purpose, insurance shall be taken by the

Contractor/Sub-Contractor. Such insurance shall be taken to include both

employees/workmen covered by the Workmen's Compensation Act 1923, as

well those employees/workmen not covered by the said Act. Separate insurance

policies may be taken for employees/workmen covered by Workmen's

Compensation Act 1923, and employees workmen not covered by the said Act.

All the premiums shall be paid by the Contractor.

42.5. The Contractor shall ensure that similar insurance policies are taken out

by his sub-contractors or nominated contractors, if any, and shall be

Page 67: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 65 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

responsible for any claim or loss resulting from their failure to obtain adequate

insurance protection in connection thereof. While taking the insurance policies,

contractor should indicate clearly to the insurance companies that policies

issued shall cover their sub-contractors and nominated subcontractors also.

42.6. No work shall be commenced by the Contractor unless and until he has

obtained the insurance or insurance required to be obtained by him under or

by the foregoing clauses and no work shall be carried out or continued by the

Contractor unless and until each insurance is current and valid at that time.

42.7. In the event of any claim for insurance becoming due on account of any

eventuality covered by the respective insurance policy/policies, the Contractor

shall reinstate the installation, replace the materials or equipments or pay

compensating to the affected personnel/Employees without waiting for

settlement of the claim from insurance company.

43. Terms of payments

The Employer shall pay to the Contractor in the following manner the contract

price unless agreed upon otherwise between the contractor and the Employs:

a) 60% of the Contract Value pro rata against Delivery of the goods delivered to

site and after verifying the same at site and after receipt of detailed test

reports.

b) 30% of Contract Value on pro rata erection of Equipment.

c) 10% of the Contract Value on completion of testing and satisfactory

commissioning of the plant.

Material delivery payment specified in item (a) above for ducting will be not

against delivery of G.I. Sheets but against fabrication of ducts and before

installation.

The contractor shall be eligible for payments only after the contractor has

submitted a detailed schedule showing the programme of work an also subject

to the documentary proof of insurance policy.

Page 68: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 66 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

44. Force Majeure

Neither party shall be held responsible by the other for breach of any condition

of this agreement to any “Act of God”, Act of state, strike, Lockout or any other

reason beyond the control of the parties and any breach of clause arising from

such force majeure conditions as foresaid shall not be regarded as a breach of

the provisions of this agreement.

45. Typographical or Clerical Errors

The Employer's or its authorized representative clarifications regarding partially

omitted particulars or typographical or clerical error shall be final and binding

on the Contractor.

46. Procurement of Materials

The Contractor has to procure sufficient quantities of materials of approved

quality, wall in advance to ensure that the work is completed in the stipulated

time. In case sufficient quantities of good quality materials are not available

locally, the Contractor will arrange to get them from neighboring areas with

longer leads at no extra cost.

47. Site

Limited space as approved by the Employer shall be made available to you at

works site for your storage of materials during the period of Contract in

consultation with the Consultant. You shall arrange any additional space

required at your cost for speedy completion of the project.

48. Prices For Extras etc., Ascertainment of

Should it be found after the completion of the works from measurements taken

(in accordance with the previous paragraph) that any of the quantities or

amounts of the work thus ascertained are less or greater than the amounts

Page 69: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 67 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

specified for the works in the priced schedule of quantities and / or tender or

that any variations, is made, the valuation of such quantities, amounts or

variations, unless previously or otherwise agreed upon, shall be made

accordance with the following rules

a. The net rates or prices in the original tender shall determine the

valuation of the extra work, where extra work is of a similar character

and executed under similar conditions the work priced therein.

b. The net prices in the original tender shall determine the value of the item omitted, provided if omissions vary the conditions under which any

remaining items of work are carried out, the prices for the same shall be valued under thereof

c. Where extra works are not of similar character and / or executed

under similar conditions as aforesaid or where the omissions vary, the conditions under which any remaining items of work are carried out of it the amount of any omission or additions relative to the amount of the

whole of the contract works or to be any part thereof shall be such that in the opinion of the Consultants the net rate or price contained in the

priced schedule of quantities or tender or for any item of work involves loss or expenses beyond that reasonably contemplated by the contractor or is by reason of such omission or addition rendered unreasonable or

inapplicable, the Consultant shall fix in consultation with the Employer such other rate or prices as in the circumstances he shall think reasonable and proper, which shall be final and binding on the

contractor. d. Where extra work cannot be properly measured or valued, the

contractor shall be allowed any work prices at the net rates stated in the tender or the priced schedule of quantities, or if not so stated, then in accordance with the local day work rates and wages for the district,

provided that in either case vouchers specifying the daily time (and if required by the Consultant, the workmen’s name) and materials

employed at or before the end of the week following that in which the work has been executed.

The measurements and valuations in respect of the extra items of contract shall be completed within the “period of final measurement” or within three months of the completion of the contract works as defined under clause no 16 (Certificate of Virtual Completion).

Page 70: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 68 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

49. Extra Items Rates

The work or extra items shall be started only after the approval of extra items

rates by client / Consultant. Rates for additional or extra items of construction

work, which can be derived from the contract item rates and are not

covered in the contract, shall be calculated on the basis of actual cost plus 15

% for profit plus applicable service tax.

50. Consultant’s Delay in Progress

The Consultant may delay the progress of the works in case of rains or

otherwise, without vitiating the contract and grant such extension of time with

the approval of the employer for the completion of the contract as he may think

proper and sufficient in consequences of such delay, and the contractor, shall

not make any claim for compensation or damage in relation thereto.

51. Action Where There is No Specification

In case of any class of work for which is there is no specification mentioned, the same will be carried out in accordance with the Indian Standards Specifications subject to the approval of the Employer / Consultant.

52. Work Performed at Contractor’s Risk

The contractor shall take all precautions necessary and shall be responsible for the safety of the work and shall maintain all lights, goods, signs, temporary passages or other protection necessary for the purpose. All works shall be done by the contractor’s risk and if any loss or damage shall result from fire or from others cause, the contractor shall promptly repaid or replace such loss or damage free from all expenses to the employer.

The contractor shall be responsible for any loss or damage to materials, tools or

other articles used held for use in connection with the work. The work shall be

carried on to completion without interferences with the operations of existing

machinery or equipment, if any.

Page 71: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 69 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

53. Special Conditions of Contract

In the event of any discrepancy with Clauses mentioned anywhere else in the

tender with the Clauses mentioned within ‘Special Condition of Contract’ and /

or ‘Additional Special Conditions of Contract’ the Clauses mentioned within

‘Special Conditions of Contract’ and/or ‘Additional special Conditions of

Contract’ shall supersede those mentioned elsewhere.

54. Contractor's Confirmation

A) Safety Codes:

i. Those engaged in welding works shall be provided with welder's protective eye-

shields and gloves.

ii. No paint containing lead products shall be used except in the form of paste or

ready-made paint.

iii. No floor, roof or other part of the structure shall be so over loaded with

debris or materials as to render it unsafe.

iv. There shall be maintained in a readily accessible place first aid appliances

including adequate supply of sterilized dressings and cotton wool.

vi. The injured person shall be taken to a public hospital without loss of time.

vii. Suitable and strong scaffolds should be provided for workmen for all works

that cannot safely be done from ground.

viii. No portable single ladder shall be over 8 meters in length. The width

between the side rails shall not be less than 30cm (clear) and the distance

between two adjacent rungs shall not be more than 30 cms. When a ladder is

used, an extra man shall be engaged for holding the ladder.

ix. The excavated material shall not be placed within 1.5 meter of the edge of the

trench of half of the depth of trench, whichever is more. All trenches and

excavated shall be provided with necessary fencing and lighting.

x. Every opening in the floor of a building or in working platform be provided

with suitable means to prevent the fall of persons or materials by providing

suitable fencing or railing whose minimum height shall be one meter.

Page 72: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 70 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

xi. Workers employed on mixing and handling material such as asphalt cement

mortar or concrete and lime mortar shall be provided with protective foot wear

and rubber hand- gloves.

xii. Use of hosting machines and tackle including their attachments, anchorage

and supports shall be in perfect working conditions.

xiii. Overcoats shall be supplied by the Contractor to the painters and adequate

facilities shall be provided to enable the working painters to wash during the

cessation of work.

xiv. Suitable facemask should be supplied for use by the workers when the paint

is applied in the form of spray or surface having lead paint dry rubbed and

scrapped.

B) Design Confirmation:

We confirm that the design on which this tender is prepared has been verified by

us and that it meets with the requirements of all Government, Semi-

government, municipal local and other authorities, whose permission would

become necessary for the completion of the project. In our opinion, the design is

economical and safe and we have nothing to suggest either by way of effecting

further economy or providing additional safety.

C) Completion Schedule:

The details of the delivery schedule of major equipment installation time etc.

shall be strictly in accordance with the bar chart to be prepared by the

contractor in consultation with the Employer/Consultant immediately on award

of contract.

As the service work will be carried out simultaneously with the building

construction activity, the tenderer shall quote his rates for this work keeping in

view the details of the building activity and the stage wise completion of the

service work to suit the building activity.

All variation in the contract value due to the variation in excise, taxes etc. on

equipment beyond the agreed delivery schedule shall be borne by the contractor.

However variation in taxes and duties as per special conditions of contract.

Within the stipulated delivery schedule shall be to the Employer's account.

Application for interim payments for the delivery of the equipment on pro-data

basis shall not be earlier than the delivery schedule indicated in the bar chart.

Page 73: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 71 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

D) Confirmation of Tender Prices:

We confirm that quotation is based on the Technical specifications and Tender

Drawings. Tender price indicated in our offer is based on the following stipulated

conditions:-

i. Tender price shall be inclusive of all taxes and levies. However, no statutory

changes in the quantum of taxes or duties for raw materials and unfinished

products will be entertained by the Employer. Also all variation in Excise duty

due to variation in accessible value shall be to the contractor's account.

ii. Tender shall be on lump sum basis for equipment and material delivered,

installed, tested and commissioned in accordance with the specifications and

accompanying drawings.

iii. Bill of quantities given in the tender document gives brief description of the

major equipment only. However, it will be the contractors responsibility to

provide all necessary items like hangers, supports, bends, tees, flanges etc. so

as to give a detailed specifications and drawings, for which no separate charges

shall be payable.

iv. Quantities of piping and sheet metal work given in the Bill of Quantities are

average and are available only for the contractor’s guidance and to provide

uniform basis for tendering. It is the contractor’s responsibility to satisfy himself

that the quantities are sufficient to carry but the work called for the accordance

with the specifications and lump sum price shall be based on drawings and

specifications to provide a complete HVAC system to the complete satisfaction of

the Employer. As bill of quantities does not indicate separately items like

flanges, bends, supports etc. it will be the contractors responsibility to

ascertain the quantities before tendering. No extra claim in this respect will be

entertained once the tender is accepted.

v. For the purpose of ascertaining the difference in quantities for duct

insulation, the average thickness of insulation plus other dimension of the duct

will be considered.

vi. Unit rates for piping, sheet metal work etc. shall remain valid till completion

of work in all respects and shall be free from variation due to increase or

decrease in cost of materials, labour or any other reason whatsoever. Unit rates

shall become applicable only due to variation in quantities due to changes

/modifications in drawings made by the Employer after award of contract. For

the purpose of ascertaining the variation in quantity, no site measurement is

acceptable. Difference in quantities will be arrived at based on tender drawings

Page 74: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 72 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

and quantities arrived from “As built” drawings, for the particular area where

changes have been carried out.

vii. Difference in cost due to variation will be arrived at from the unit rates

quoted by the contractor. All variation will be adjusted in the final bill of

contractor.

viii. Unit rate shall be inclusive of flanges, fittings, tees, bends, vanes, dampers

etc. and no additional payment will be made for these items.

E) Electrical Works:

Cost of cable trays, supports, clamps, etc., shall form a part of the supply and

installation of the cables. Cost of motors and starters etc. shall be included in

the cost of the driven equipment wherever specified. End termination of the

cables shall be included in the cost of cables. Double earthing and specified for

motors, electrical panels, and cables etc. shall form part of the supply and

installation of the respective items. No extra price shall be paid for earthing. All

control accessories valves, solenoid valves, motorized valves, damper motors,

speed controller’s thermostats, etc. including control wiring shall form part of

the respective equipment. No extra payment shall be applicable for these items.

Date: __________________

Name of Company

Seal

(Contractor Signature)

Designation.

Page 75: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 73 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

8. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF WORKS

1. Outdoor/Inside Design Conditions

1.1 The outdoor design conditions for the location of the NABARD, Maharashtra Regional Office Building at 54, Wellesley Road, Shivaji Nagar,

Pune 411005 is considered as under:

Temp Summer (ºF) Monsoon(ºF) Winter(ºF)

DB 104 83 50

WB 76 79 42

1.2 The inside design conditions to be maintained in First floor, Second floor, Third floor & Fourth Floor has been considered as under:

Temp

RH

75ºF + 2ºF Not exceeding 60%

1.3 The tolerance of +2ºF on the DB will be maintained with suitable automatic

thermostatic control. No close tolerance is considered for RH to be maintained

in the comfort zone of not exceeding 60% to conserve electrical energy

consumption.

2. Dimension / Internal Heat Loads

2.1 The schedule of various internal heat loads sources in First floor, Second floor, Third floor &Fourth Floor areas considered are as per normal occupancy

standards of office buildings, which please note.

Sr.

No.

Floor Particulars

of Location

Area

(Sq. Mt.)

Occu

(nos)

Light load

(w/Sq.

Mt.)

Eqpt

Load

(watt)

Usage

1 First

Floor

Wing A 335 115 15 8500 Office

2 Second

Floor

Wing A 335 60 15 11000 Office

Wing B 335 60 15 11000

Page 76: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 74 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

(Center Wing) 32 4 15 6000 IT

3 Third

Floor

Wing A 335 60 15 11000 Office

Wing B 335 60 15 11000

(Center Wing) 32 2 15 500

4 Fourth

Floor

Wing A 193 30 15 2200 Sports

room

Wing B 235 70 15 1300 Canteen

(Center Wing) 32 2 15 50 Change

room

2.2 Architectural drawings furnished to us in the tender has been considered

for arriving at the areas of walls, floor, ceiling, Partition & Glass etc., for determining the solar & transmission gain.

2.3 The Lighting load is considered for LED type energy efficient Lighting system.

3. Assumptions:

3.1 The exposed roof of forth floor shall be provided with under deck insulation to reduce the heat transfer in the Air conditioned area.

3.2 All exposed glass shall be covered with sun reflective film and /or

Venetian blinds or curtains to achieve a heat transfer factor of 0.56.

4. Plant Capacity

54.1 Based on the design parameters as enlisted in annexure “Basis of Design” the total plant capacity for the First, Second, Third & Fourth floor of the NABARD, Maharashtra Regional Office Building is depicted in the

schematic layouts & tabulated here under:

Page 77: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 75 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

HVAC PLANT CAPACITY SELECTION

Type of

IDU

Ducted

Split

Cassett

e Split

Cassett

e Split

Cassett

e Split

Cassett

e Split

Tot.

IDU

(Nos.)

Tota

l TR

IDU

ODU

(HP)

IDU

Capacity (TR) 2.5 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.5

1st

floor

Nos. 00 16 00 02 02 20

Tot

TR 00 24 00 05 07 36.0 44

2nd floor

Nos. 23 08 02 01 00 34

Tot

TR 57.5 12 04 2.5 00 76.0 96

3rd floor

Nos. 21 02 03 01 00 27

Tot

TR 52.5 03 06 2.5 00 64.0 80

4rd

floor

Nos. 18 05 00 00 00 23

Tot

TR 45 7.5 00 00 00 52.5 66

5. System Design Note

5.1 The centralized AC system for the total Building has been conceived as an air cooled type VRF / VRV multi split - AC system with a combination of

IDU of Type Ducted Split, Cassette split and with ODU Comprising of multiple Inverter Compressors to achieve a close control of Temperature &

Humidity in each areas with a Diversity of Operation on each floor such that there is an saving in the running cost while using the AC system throughout the year.

Page 78: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 76 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

5.2 The work proposed is Independent Ducted Mechanical Exhaust / Ventilation system with Hoods for Kitchen to avoid food smell spreading into other areas of the building.

5.3 Air distribution system: Galvanized sheet steel ducting shall be installed to distribute the cool and dehumidified air in all working areas

which are served by ducted split indoor units. The air distribution flow pattern shall be either top to bottom flow or side to side flow to suit the application and interior design configuration. It shall be thermally as well as

acoustically treated to achieve climate control on inside temperature, humidity, cleanliness and noise levels. Powder coated extruded aluminum

section grilles/diffusers shall be used to supply/Return the air from and to the indoor units.

5.4 Drain: The drain from each unit should be properly laid to avoid any

leakages, nuisance in the air-conditioned areas and shall be terminated in either toilets or pantry areas. Or external drain pipes.

5.5 Central control console system: The VRF type air conditioning system

with outdoor units located on the terrace & various indoor units located on different floors shall be provided with a Central Control Console system

which will be controlled with real time clock precision such that each unit can be programmed for operation throughout the year which will conserve Electrical Energy & Optimize the operating cost.

5.6 Toilet Exhaust System: Toilet Blocks shall be provided with independent Exhaust system for each toilet Block to achieve a fresh toilet facility with 15 ACH for the toilet area on each floor.

Page 79: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 77 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

9. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR AIR CONDITION WORK

VARIABLE REFRIGERANT FLOW (VRF) AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM

1. Scope:-

The scope of this article comprises of supply installation, testing and

commissioning of Variable Refrigerant Flow (VRF) split air-conditioning system

of the sizes and capacities set forth in the schedule of equipment.

2. VRF System (AIR COOLED)

2.1 The Variable Refrigerant Flow (VRF) System should be air cooled, split type

modular air conditioning system , consisting of singular condensing units

connected to multiple indoor units, each having the capability of individual set

point control. The system should have the ability to connect each condensing

unit upto 64 indoor units of different types and capacities on one refrigerant

circuit. The system is to be of the cooling & heating type. Each Condensing

unit should incorporate 100% inverter Scroll compressor, to obtain 5% to

100% stepless capacity control for enhanced Power saving. The Indoor units

should be provided with Cordless Remote Control as a standard accessory,

system should be designed such that all the other IDU shall function perfectly

even if some of the IDU is / are either switched off or out of service.

2.2 The outdoor units for all the system shall be air cooled type and mounted on

terrace of the building or on MS structure on the rear face of the building as

shown in the tender drawings. Indoor units in various areas shall be as per

enclosed drawings/ Bill of Quantities and located to suit reflected ceiling

plans.

2.3 All the VRF air conditioners shall be fully factory assembled, wired, internally

piped & tested. The relevant test certificates should be submitted at the time of

delivery of the equipment to site. The outdoor unit shall be pre charged with

first charge of refrigerant. Additional refrigerant charge shall be added as per

refrigerant piping at site. All the units shall be suitable for operation in Indian

conditions with 415 V + 10%, 50 Hz + 3%, 3 Phase supply for outdoor units &

220 V + 10%, 50 Hz + 3%, 1 Phase supply for indoor units.

2.4 The VRF system shall provide stable, trouble free & safe operation, with

flexibility of operating desired indoor units. The outdoor units must be capable

of delivering exact capacity proportional to the number of indoor units

Page 80: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 78 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

switched on & the heat load in the air conditioned area. The proportional

operation shall be achieved by operation of compressor.

2.5 The operation of the VRF system shall be through independent wireless remote

controllers as specified. The entire system shall be integrated with intelligent

building management system of leading vendors like Honeywell/ Johnson

Controls/ Siemens, etc through BAC Net Gateway. The detailing of operation

required through BMS system are detailed under specifications of BMS

system. (Optional)

3. Outdoor Units

3.1 Outdoors units of the VRF system shall be compact air cooled type and

working on refrigerant R-410A.

3.2 All the compressors of the outdoor units must be hermetically sealed high

efficient scroll type. Each system should be provided with the Scroll

compressor with electronic controls, capable of loading and unloading to follow

the variations on cooling and/or heating loads.

3.3 Two or more compressors should be incorporated in condensing units above

8HP with Scroll type. The outdoor unit shall employ system of equal run time

for all the compressors, within each out door unit – Single Module or Multi

Module.

3.4 Modular designs should be incorporated in condensing unit for side-by-side

installation.

3.5 The refrigeration circuit of the condensing unit should be complete with

refrigeration compressors, motors, fans, condenser coils, electronic expansion

valve, solenoid valves, 4 way valve, distribution headers, capillaries, filters,

shut down valves, service ports, receivers and accumulators and all other

components which are essential for safe and satisfactory operation.

3.6 The unit shall be equipped with an oil recovery system to ensure stable

operation for systems with long refrigerant piping. The oil recovery system

should be operated after the first hour of operation and then every consecutive

4 hours of operation. Also high efficiency oil separators should be fitted to the

discharge side of the compressor together with factory fitted oil equalization

system. Back up operation, in case of failure of one of the compressors of

outdoor unit, for single module outdoor units or failure of one of the modules

in case of multiple module outdoor units shall be possible. The VRF outdoor

Page 81: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 79 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

unit shall always be supplying at least 33% of back up operation, of the full

load capacity.

3.7 Complete refrigerant circuit, oil balancing/ equalizing circuit shall be factory

assembled & tested.

3.8 The regulation in Refrigerant flow is to be achieved by Scroll Compressor, &

Electronic Expansion Valve.

3.9 The heat exchanger should be constructed from seamless copper tubes

mechanically bonded to aluminum fins to form a cross fin coil. The aluminum

fins should be coated with an anti-corrosion film for increased durability to

salt corrosion.

3.10 The outdoor units must be suitable for up to 150 Mt (straight length)

refrigerant piping between outdoor unit & the farthest indoor units with 50m

level difference without any oil traps or double risers. The Oil Equalizing line

should be inside the Condensing unit, to avoid ‘inverted’ oil traps at site. Total

piping length shall be of 300 Mt for all the indoor units. Allowable level

difference between outdoor unit & indoor units shall be 50 m in case of

outdoor unit on top & 40 m in case of outdoor unit at bottom and extendable

upon 90m. Allowable level difference between various indoor units connected

to one out door unit shall be up to 15 m.

3.11 The outdoor units shall be suitable to operate within an ambient temperature

range of – 5 Deg C to 45 Deg C, in cooling mode & -20 Deg C to 15 Deg C in

heating mode.

3.12 Air cooled condenser shall have Axial Flow, upward throw fan, directly coupled

to fan motors with minimum IP 55 protection. The outdoor unit condenser fan

shall be able to develop external static pressure up to 6 mm of H2O. The

condensing unit fan motors should have at least two-speed operation to

maintain constant head pressure control in all ambient temperatures and

modes of operation.

3.13 Outdoor units shall be complete with following safety devices:

A) High pressure switch B) Fan driver overload protector C) Fusible Plug

D) Fuses E) Crank case heater

F) Over current protector.

Page 82: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 80 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

3.14 The entire operation of outdoor units shall be through independent remotes of

indoor units. No separate Start/ Stop function shall be required.

3.15 Starter for the Outdoor Unit compressor shall “Direct on Line” type. Inverter

compressor of the unit shall start first & at the minimum load, to reduce the

inrush current during starting.

3.16 The microprocessor panel should incorporate control for precise monitoring of

status of the system. The use of Inverter compressors shall be avoided to

prevent electromagnetic interference & conversion losses.

3.17 The condensing unit should be fitted with printed circuit board (PCB) with

selection switches for the length of pipe work, emergency operation switches

and service mode switches, together with LED indications for operation / fault

indication.

3.18 The Computerized control should be used to maintain a correct form of

temperature. The fan coil units should be incorporated with an on/off switch,

fan speed selector, thermostat setting and liquid crystal display which

indicates temperature setting; operational mode, malfunction codes etc.

3.19 The system should be equipped with a diagnostic function for quick and easy

maintenance and service.

3.20 A multifunctional compact centralized controller shall be provided with the

system.

3.21 The Graphic Controller must act as an advanced air-conditioning management

system to give complete control of VRF air-conditioning Equipment.

3.22 It shall be able to control up to 64 groups of indoor units with the following

functions:-

- Starting/stopping of Air-conditioners as a zone or group or individual unit.

- Temperature setting for each indoor unit or zone. - Switching between temperature control modes, switching of fan speed

and direction of airflow, enabling/disabling of individual remote

controller operation. - Monitoring of operation status such as operation mode & temperature

setting of - Individual indoor units, maintenance information. - Display of air conditioner operation history.

Page 83: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 81 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

3.23 The controller shall have wide screen user-friendly color LCD display and can

be wired by a non-polar 2-wire transmission cable to a distance of 1 km. away

from indoor unit.

3.24 Noise level of outdoor units shall not exceed 63 dB (A) at a distance of 1.5 m

from the unit.

3.25 The condensing units should be fully weatherproof, factory assembled and pre-

wired with all necessary electronic and refrigerant controls. The MO of casing

shall be mild steel panels coated with a baked enamel finish.

3.26 Unit shall be supplied with Installation manual, Operation Manual,

Connection Pipes Clamps

3.27 Units shall be available in capacities as specified in BOQ.

4. Indoor Units

4.1 General Features 4.1.1 Electronic Expansion Valve

Each indoor unit should be fitted with an electronic expansion valve which

controls the refrigerant flow in response to the load variations in the room. The

electronic expansion valve is to be controlled via a computerized control sensing

the return air temperature, refrigerant inlet and outlet temperatures. During

the cooling operation the electronic expansion valve controls the refrigerant

superheat degree at the evaporator.

4.1.2 Indoor Unit Fans

Direct driven of the DIDW multi-blade type, statically and dynamically

balanced to ensure low noise and vibration free operation.

4.1.3 Coils To be direct expansion, constructed from copper tubes expanded into

aluminum fins to form a mechanical bond.

4.1.4 Supply Air Discharge Louvers:

The indoor units should be provided with auto swing of the supply air louvers

for cassette and under ceiling type fan coil units. The louvers should be capable

of providing continuous swing operation or to be fixed in any direction required.

4.1.5 Unit Control Board

Include in the fan coil unit a printed circuit board complete with, address

switches for a variety of operation controls, emergency operation switch and

fault/operation indication LED’s. Thermally protect fan motors.

Page 84: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 82 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

4.1.6 Unit Casing

The fan coil unit casing (ceiling mounted units) to be fully insulated and sealed

to prevent condensation.

4.1.7 Condensate Drain

The Drain connection of each Fan coil unit to the main Header should be of

25mm Dia. The Header Pipe should be of 40mm Dia. The Drain Pipe should be

of Hard PVC, whereas the connection of the Fan-coil unit to the Hard PVC Pipe

should be with flexible braided pipe. The Drain piping should be insulated with

9mm thick tubular Nitrile Rubber Elastomeric insulation.

4.1.8 Unit Control

In case of individual and group control, set the addresses of each fan coil unit

to minimize commissioning time. In case of centralized control, set the

addresses by the remote controller.

4.1.9 Cassette type indoor units

a) These units shall be installed between the bottom of finished slab & top of

false ceiling. The maximum allowable height for the cassette type units shall

be 300 mm.

b) The unit must have in built drain pump, suitable for vertical lift of 750 mm.

c) The unit casing shall be Galvanized Steel Plate.

d) Unit must be insulated with sound absorbing thermal insulation material,

Polyurethane foam. The noise level of unit at the highest operating level shall

not exceed 42 dB(A), at a vertical distance of 1.5 m from the grille of the unit.

e) Unit shall have provision of connecting fresh air without any special chamber

& without increasing the total height of the unit (300 mm maximum).

f) The unit shall be supplied with suitable decorative panel.

g) The unit shall be supplied with Resin Net filter with Mold Resistance. The filter

shall be easy to remove, clean & re install.

h) The unit will be connected in series to a suitable out door unit & it must be

possible to operate the unit independently, through cordless remote specified

in the “Bill of quantities”.

i) The unit shall be supplied with following from the factory-

* Operation Manual,

Page 85: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 83 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

* Installation Manual,

* Paper pattern for installation,

* Drain hose/ Clamp metal/ Washer fixing plate/ Sealing pads/

* Clamps/ Screws/ Washer for hanging bracket/ Insulation for fitting.

j) The unit capacity should be as mentioned in BOQ

4.1.10 Ceiling Mounted duct type units

a) These units shall be ceiling suspended with suitable supports to take care of

operating weight of the unit, without causing any excessive vibration & noise.

The cold air supplied by these units will be supplied to the area to be air

conditioned, through duct system specified in the tender.

b) Each indoor unit must have electronic expansion valve operated by

microprocessor thermostat based temperature control to deliver cooling/

heating as per the heat load of the room.

c) The unit casing shall be Galvanized Steel Plate.

d) Unit must be insulated with sound absorbing thermal insulation material,

Glass Fiber. The noise level of unit at the highest operating level shall not

exceed 49 dB(A), at a vertical distance of 1.5 m below the units with duct

connected to the unit.

e) The unit must be able to develop enough static pressure to overcome the

frictional loss in the ducts as shown in the tender drawing.

f) It is preferable to provide Thermal Fuse for fan motor protection, in case of

motor heating.

g) The unit will be connected in series to a suitable out door unit & it must be

possible to operate the unit independently, through cordless remote specified

in the bill of quantities.

h) The unit shall be supplied with following from the factory

* Operation Manual,

* Installation Manual

* Paper pattern for installation

*Drain hose/Clamp metal/Insulation for fitting/Sealing pads/Clamps/ Screws

i) The unit must be available as per capacity specified in the BOQ

Page 86: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 84 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

4.1.11 Wall Mounted Units

a) Wall mounted units must be compact & stylish design that does not detract

from the décor of the room.

b) Each indoor unit must have electronic expansion valve operated by

microprocessor thermostat based temperature control to deliver cooling/

heating as per the heat load of the room.

c) The unit must have provision of adding drain pump kit if required & specified.

The drain pump must be suitable to lift drain up to 1000 mm from the bottom

of the unit.

d) Unit must be insulated with sound absorbing thermal insulation material,

Polystyrene/Polyethylene foam. The noise level of unit at the highest operating

level shall not exceed 46 dB(A), at a vertical distance of 1.5 m from the grille of

the unit.

e) The unit shall be supplied with Resin Net filter with Mold Resistance. The filter

shall be easy to remove, clean & re install.

f) The unit grille must be washable with soap solution.

g) It shall be possible to set minimum 4 steps of discharge angle by remote

controller.

h) It shall be possible to fit drain pipe from either side of the unit (Left or right)

i) The unit will be connected in series to a suitable out door unit & it must be

possible to operate the unit independently, through cordless remote specified

in the bill of quantities.

j) The unit shall be supplied with following from the factory

* Operation Manual

* Installation Manual

* Installation panel

* Paper pattern for installation

* Insulation tape/ Clamps/ Screws

k) The unit must be available in capacity specified in BOQ

Page 87: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 85 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

4.1.12 Ceiling mounted Built – In type

a) These units shall be ceiling suspended with suitable supports to take care of

operating weight of the unit, without causing any excessive vibration & noise.

The cold air supplied by these units will be supplied to the area to be air

conditioned directly through duct collar & grille or, through duct system

specified in the tender.

b) Each indoor unit must have electronic expansion valve operated by

microprocessor thermostat based temperature control to deliver cooling/

heating as per the heat load of the room.

c) The unit casing shall be Galvanized Steel Plate.

d) Unit must be insulated with sound absorbing thermal insulation material,

Glass Fiber. The noise level of unit at the highest operating level shall not

exceed 48 dB(A), at a vertical distance of 1.5 m below the units with duct

connected to the unit.

e) The unit must have provision to set external static pressure in three stages

from max 10 mm to min 2 mm, depending on the air supply system.

f) The unit must include as standard equipment, maintenance free long-life filter,

resin net with mold resistant.

g) The unit must include as standard equipment, a drain pump kit suitable to lift

drain water up to 250 mm from the drain pipe opening.

h) Unit must have Thermal Fuse for fan motor protection, in case of motor

heating.

j) The unit will be connected in series to a suitable out door unit & it must be

possible to operate the unit independently, through corded/ cordless remote

specified in the bill of quantities.

k) The unit shall be supplied with following from the factory

* Operation Manual

* Installation Manual

* Paper pattern for installation

* Drain hose/ Clamp metal/ Insulation for fitting/ Sealing pads/ Clamps/

Screws

l) The unit must be available in capacity specified in BOQ

Page 88: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 86 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

4.2 Specification for Controls System for VRF air conditioning system

A) Wired Remote Controller a) Wired remote controller shall be supplied as specified in the “Bill of

Quantities” b) The controller must have large crystal display screen, which displays

complete operating status.

c) The digital display must allow setting of temperature with 1 Deg C interval. d) Remote shall be able to individually program by timer the respective times

for operation start and stop within a maximum of 72 hours

e) Remote must be equipped with thermostat sensor in the remote controller that will make possible more comfortable room temperature control

f) The remote shall be able to monitor room temperature & preset temperature by microcomputer & can select cool/ heat operation mode automatically.

g) The remote must constantly monitor malfunctions in the system & must be equipped with a “self-diagnosis function” that let know by a message

immediately when a malfunction occurs. h) It shall be possible to wire the remote up to 500 RMT.

B) Wireless Remote Controller. a) Wireless remote controller shall be supplied as specified in the “Bill of

Quantities”

b) The same operation modes & settings as with wired remote controllers must be possible.

c) Compact light receiving unit to be mounted into wall or ceiling shall be included.

C) Central Remote Controller. a) Central Remote controller shall be supplied as specified in the “Bill of

Quantities”

b) Following functions shall be possible a. Control Max 64 Groups (128 indoor units)

b. Zone control c. Malfunction code display d. All the functions available with wired remote controller

e. It should be possible to wire the remote to 1000m All the Outdoor / Indoor units shall be mounted / suspended on isolators to

minimize the transmission of vibration from the equipment to the surrounding.

Cushy foot mounting shall be used to mount the outdoor units, where indoor units

shall be mounted / suspended on spring type vibration isolators.

Page 89: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 87 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

10. Sheet Metal Work

1. Scope

1.1 The Scope of work covers supply and installation of:

i) Sheet metal ducting

ii) Volume, Smoke and Fire dampers

iii) Outside intakes & exhausts louvers

iv) Grilles and diffusers

1.2 Grilles & diffusers shall be standard products for which catalogues shall be

submitted.

1.3 Smoke and Fire dampers shall be tested products.

2. Material

2.1 The material for various applications of air ducting shall be as follows:

Sr.

No.

Application Material

1 Ducting for Air-conditioning Cold rolled sheets continuous galvanized

with a zinc coating of 375 g/Sqm both sides

inclusive to IS 277-1977

2 Duct for ventilation & Exhaust - Do -

3 Kitchen Exhaust C.R.C.A. Sheet

4 Supports & duct flanges Mild steel structural steel sections

5 Gasket Foamed rubber 3.2 mm

6 Bonding Mastic sealant

2.2 All galvanized plain sheets shall be reasonably flat and free from twist. The zinc

shall be clean, even and free from galvanized spots. Sheets shall not crack or

peel during bending or fabrication. All sheets shall be procured from approved

manufacturers.

Page 90: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 88 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

3. Fabrication

3.1 All ducts for air-conditioning and ventilation shall be rectangular in cross-section and fabrication in accordance with the following table:

Maximum Size Minimum Transverse Joints

(mm)

Reinforcement

thickness (mm)

Upto 400 0.63 25mm ket/s slip Cross Break

401to 600 0.63 25 x 25 x 3.2mm Companion flanges

25 x 25 x 3.2mm Girth angles @ 1200

601 to 800 0.80 25 x 25 x 3.2mm Companion flanges

25 x 25 x 3.2mm Girth angles @ 1200

801 to 1000 0.80 40 x 40 x 4mm Companion flanges

25 x 25 x 3.2mm Girth angles @ 900

1000 to 1500 1.00 40 x 40 x 4mm Companion flanges

40 x 40 x 4mm Girth angles @ 760

1501 to 2250 1.00 50 x 50 x 6mm Companion flanges

40 x 40 x 4mm Girth angles @ 760

2251 & above 1.25 50 x 50 x 6mm

Companion flanges

50 x 50 x 4mm Girth

angles @ 760

3.2 In odd positions, the ducts shall be fabricated to suit the conditions, with the

specific approval of the Engineer - in -charge.

3.3 Girth angles and companion flanges shall be mitered and welded at corners and

riveted to duct sheets at 75 mm centers. Flanged joints shall be made with 9.5

mm GI bolts spaced at 100 mm centers and provided with 3.2 mm foamed

rubber gasket. All joints and seams shall be rendered air tight with approved

sealant. Duct panels are not to be cross broken, if insulated. Longitudinal

seams shall be inside groove or Pittsburgh type.

3.4 Standard elbows with an R/D ratio of not less than 1.25 shall be used as far as

possible. Where space restrictions do not permit use of standard radius elbow

with lesser R/D ratio square elbow with equally space double thickness vanes

may be used.

3.5 All duct fabrication and installation shall conform to the extent modified herein,

to the SMACNA standard for Low Pressure Duct Construction. Length of taper

ducts shall be at least four times the maximum size difference between the

ends.

3.6 All duct lining for acoustic insulation shall be carried out as specified under sec

“Noise & Vibration” before the duct is installed in position.

Page 91: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 89 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

4. Accessories

4.1 Air turning devices shall be provided at least for first four outlet collars after

every elbow and at all non-split branch take offs. Turning blades shall be

fabricated out of 0.8 mm (22 SWG) thick G.S sheets and equally spaced on side

runner to be riveted/bolted to duct sheets.

4.2 Splitter dampers shall be installed in branches wherever split takes place.

Louvers dampers shall be provided in all branches. Any feeding more than

outlets shall be regarded as a branch and louver dampers provided whether

shown or not.

4.3 Splitter dampers shall consist of double thickness air foil blades hinged at the

downstream edge. The operation rod shall terminate outside of the duct and

insulation, and an air tight hub and locking set screw shall be provided.

Damper blade thickness shall be the same as the duct in which it is installed

but not less than 1.5 mm (16G). Entire splitter damper shall be enclosed in a

sheet steel ducting with flanges at both ends aligning with main run of ducting.

The enclosure shall be made of sheets one size larger than the corresponding

duct.

4.4 Louvers dampers shall be multi-blade type with opposed blades or parallel

blades of airfoil construction. Blades shall be 250 mm max. width and 1200 mm

maximum length mounted in a 50 mm channel frame. Blades shall be

connected with suitable linkage for gang operation by an operating rod

extending beyond the frame and insulation if any and terminating in a locking

quadrant with damper position indicator. Damper larger shall be enclosed in a

sheet steel box with thickness one size larger than the corresponding duct with

flanges at both ends. The dampers shall rotate in bronze bushes.

4.5 Fire dampers shall be rated for 2 hours five resistance according to BSS 476-

I/1953. Damper shall be single blade (butterfly) with central pivot extending into

the actuator housing. The damper together with actuator housing shall be

certified be an appropriate testing authority for its fire resistance. The damper

and the actuator housing shall fit into the fire rated wall.

4.6 The damper shall be actuated by a fusible element set for 70 deg C (158 deg F)

fusing temperature or a motor actuator. Actuators shall be operable from 230

VAC 50 Hz source of supply. A manual adjusting handle shall also be provided

in the actuator housing which shall be located wherever shown. An access door

in the duct shall be provided as shown on drawings.

4.7 400 x 400 mm access panel stud bolted with rubber gasket shall be provided

adjacent to splitter, fire, louvers dampers or any other duct enclosed device.

Page 92: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 90 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

4.8 Duct supports shall be as follows.

Duct Perimeter (mm) Support Location

Upto 1800 40 x 40 x 3 mm

MS angle with 9 mm tie rod

At Transverse Joints

Over 1800 to 2500 40 x 40 x 6 mm

MS angle with 12.5 mm tie

rod

At Transverse Joints

Over 2500 50 x 50 x 6 mm

MS angle with 15 mm tie rod

At Transverse Joints

4.9 Additional supports wherever considered necessary by the Engineer-in-charge

shall be provided. Support shall be taken from steel members grouted in the RCC

work and fixing of steel members shall involve minimum damage. The entire

supporting system shall be met with the approval of the Engineer-in-charge.

4.10 All duct supports, flanges, hangers shall be hot-dip galvanized before

installation.

4.11 Where ducts are connected to the wall, such connections shall be made

through galvanized steel frame fixed to the wall through suitable shear fasteners.

Ducts connecting to air moving apparatus shall be through 15 OZ mildew

resistant double canvas as directed by the Engineer. On all circular spigots the

flexible material is to be screwed or clip band with adjustable screw or toggle

fitting. For rectangular ducts the material is to be flanged and bolted with

backing flat or bolted to mating flange with backing flat.

The flexible connection shall not be less than 75mm and not more than 200 mm.

5. Air Intakes & Exhaust

5.1 i) Galvanized sheet steel louvers 100 mm wide 1.25 mm thick fixed to enclosure

box at 45 deg to vertical & 100 mm centers.

ii) 15 mm x 1.0 mm galvanized steel bird screen in set with 0.8 mm galvanized

sheet steel framing all-round bolted to the flange with 12 mm M8 brass bolts &

nuts at 150 mm center to center.

Page 93: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 91 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

iii) 1.25 mm galvanized sheet metal enclosure box 250 mm long with 4-hold

fasts and flanged at both ends (one end with the bird screen)

5.2 The entire assembly shall be fitted into the wall clear opening and the edges

sealed with a mastic sealant. All frames and clamps used shall be hot galvanized

or extruded aluminum.

6. Air Diffusing Equipment

6.1 Supply air grilles shall be double deflection type with horizontal face bars and

vertical rear bars placed in a rigid marginal frame. Bars shall be shaped and

paced at 18 mm centers with swaged pivot pins positively holding the deflection

setting under all conditions of velocity and pressure. All grilles shall be

provided with integral opposed blade, grille-face key operated dampers.

6.2 Return grilles shall have fixed face bars shaped and set at 18mm (34) centers.

Bars shall be set at 40 deg deflections for vision-proof installation. The grilles

shall be complete with rigid marginal frames and shall be matching with the

supply grilles.

6.3 Ceiling diffusers shall be round/square/rectangular face flush type horizontal

air diffusion pattern. Diffusers shall have ample margins to minimize ceiling

smudge. All diffuser shall be provided with face operated volume control

dampers. Half diffusers shall be similar to full diffusers.

6.4 Linear diffusers/ grilles shall be die formed, flush mounted type with single or double directional air flow. The diffuser /grille shall be in a mild steel frame

with minimum 20 mm margin. All linear air diffusing equipment shall be fitted with a distribution sheet metal plenum as shown on drawings.

6.5 Grille types are indicated in the drawings and equivalent types of any other

standard manufacturer are acceptable. Mild steel grilles and diffusers shall be

fabricated out of 1.0 mm mild steel and painted with two coats of red oxide. All

duct collars terminating on to a grille or diffuser shall be given two coats of

black paint for a length of 300 mm. Grilles & diffusers shall be selected for an

aero-dynamic noise power not in excess of NC 30.

6.6 Aluminum grilles and diffusers wherever specified shall be of extruded

aluminum with margins & GSS butterfly dampers. Grilles shall have horizontal

face bars only.

Page 94: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 92 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

7. Testing & Balancing

7.1 Capped air-flow connections shall be provided as necessary for testing and

balancing of air distribution.

7.2 The entire air distribution shall be adjusted and balanced for delivery of designs

air quantities or as required for achieving design space conditions. After all

adjustments are made, the air readings shall be recorded on the drawings vis-a-

vis the space conditions. All dampers after adjustment shall be set and locked in

position. All air and static pressure measurements shall be done through probe

type meters. Vane type meter reading are not considered reliable.

8. Mode of measurement

8.1 All sheet metal ducting complete with duct supports, turning vanes, canvas

connections, erected in position shall be measured externally and paid per unit

area. All dampers shall be excluded in the duct area.

8.2 All manual control/ splitter damper sections with operating linkages locking

quadrant, steel enclosure, frame, erection, supporting etc. shall be measured on

the basis of damper cross sectional area and paid per unit area. Intake and

exhaust louvers with bird screen, sheet steel louvers and frame, erection etc.

shall be measured on the basis or cross sectional area and paid per unit are.

8.3 Side wall grilles shall be measured on the basis of the core area excluding the

margins and shall include dampers. Minimum payable unit is 0.1 sqm (1.0 sqft)

8.4 In line diffusers and grilles shall be measured per unit length. The backup

plenum shall be measured as additional sheet metal ducting or part of the grille as defined in the schedule of work.

8.5 All fire dampers with operating linkage actuator, locking quadrant plate steel

enclosure, frame, fusible links, actuator, access door etc. shall be measured on

the basis of cross sectional area of damper and pais per unit area or per piece as

defined in the schedule of work.

8.6 All duct liners for acoustic insulation shall be measured and paid as specified under ' Noise & Vibration'.

Page 95: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 93 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

11. Insulation Work

1. Duct Insulation: Insulation materials will be resin bonded fiber glass or expanded polystyrene of TF (Treated for fire) quality, of two specifications, with sand cement plaster (10mm). The thermal conductivity of resin bonded fiber glass shall not exceed 0.034 kcal-m/hr Deg C or 0.27 BTU in/hr sq.ft Deg F at 32 Deg C (90 Deg F) mean temperature, and density shall not be less than 24kg/cu.m. 2. For resign bonded fiber glass thermal conductivity shall not exceed 0.022 kcal-m/hr sq.m Deg C or 0.018 BTU-in/hr-sq.ft Deg F at 32 Deg C mean temperature, and density shall not less than 36 kg/cu.m (3lb/cu.ft).

2. Acoustic Lining: The acoustic lining for ducts so identified and marked in

the drawing and included in the schedule of quantities shall be provided with acoustic lining of thermal insulation.

Installation:

i. The duct surface shall first be cleaned from inside.

ii. The insulation boards shall be wrapped in glass cloth of 7 mm thickness with end stitched.

iii. Then the Boards shall be fixed inside the duct.

iv. The insulation shall then be covered with 0.5mm perforated aluminum sheets. v. The sheet and the insulation shall be secured to the duct by means of bolts,

nuts washers. The ends should be completely sealed off, so that, no

insulation material is exposed. 3. Duct Thermal Insulation, External:

i. Wherever supply air ducting exposed to atmosphere shall be insulated with

50mm thick thermocole. First external duct shall be cleaned with a w i r e brush to remove dirt and dust. Apply a thick coat of bituminous primer. When the primer is still tacky, apply the insulation material.

ii. Seal the joints using bitumen. Warp the insulation with 24 gauge GI chicken wire mesh around the insulation and two layers of smooth setting

cement plaster each of 6mm thickness applied over length of wire mesh. Duct shall be painted with water proof paint of approved make.

4. Under Deck Insulation:

i. Exposed roof over the conditioned areas shall be insulated with 50mm thick Resin bonded fiber glass. For under deck insulation in the conditioned

areas, the insulation of fire resistant Quality shall be used. ii. Under deck insulation shall be done by fixing the slabs of Resin bonded fiber

glass by wire and mesh method as well as sticking & pasting along with bolting it in the ceiling as per site instructions. raw plugs shall be fixed in the grid of 500mm x 500mm, tie wires and fix Resin bonded fiber glass rigidly

using 24G Plate washers through the GI Wires.

Page 96: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 94 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

12. Refrigerant Piping

1. The specifications that follow cover the requirements of piping.

2. Only copper piping/tubing of refrigeration quality shall be used. Soft copper

tubing can be employed for sizes up to and including 22mm (7/8") OD and

9.5mm (3/8") OD shall have a minimum nominal thickness of 0.76mm (0.030") and

0.81mm (0.032") respectively.

3. All piping / tubing shall be new fresh, clean and dry.

4. Fittings like bends, tees, sockets, etc. shall be of copper or forged brass. Flare

type fittings may be used for copper tubing while hard drawn tubes upto and

including 15mm size may be bent to from 90 Deg bends with throat radius

being not less than 3 times the tube diameter. For bigger sizes, bends should be

used as noted already.

5. Valves for pipe sizes up to 15mm OD shall be all brass, hand wheel operated,

Diaphragm pack less type, globe or angle valves, for sizes over 15mm OD Valves

shall be of bronze, globe or angle type, packed back sealed.

6. Liquid line strainers shall be made of brass shall incorporate bronze screen and

permanent management. Strainers shall be provided with shut valves on either side.

7. Thermostatic expansion valve shall be complete with remote bulb and external

equalizer and external super head adjustment. Solenoid valves shall have manual

opening system to serve as by - pass in case of failure of solenoid valve. Liquid-

moisture indicator shall be provided in the liquid line.

8. Flare type joints may be used for copper tubing while for a hard drawn pipe

only brazed joints shall be used. For Small lines also such as equalizer lines,

expansion valves connections, gauge connections, connecting pressure switches

etc., flared fittings and joints shall be used.

9. Piping shall be insulated sufficient number of bends and turns t o ensure

sufficient fleetly and minimize vibration. Supports, Clamps, Saddles, hangers etc.,

of adequate strength should be provided as required to support the piping

adequately and minimize vibration.

10. Necessary isolating material like rubber, felt, spring, etc, Should also be

provided as an additional measure to limit transmission of noise and vibration.

11. Refrigerant piping shall be carried out giving due consideration to the need to

ensure oil return and avoid liquid slope-over into the compressor, Accordingly, the

piping shall include necessary loops, traps, slopes, etc,. to achieve these objectives.

Page 97: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 95 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

12. While installing the piping, adequate clearance between pipes should be

provided for insulation is called for.

13. On completing the erection, the system shall be pressure tested with dry

nitrogen or carbon de-oxide. The test pressure shall be as under for R-22.

14. High Pressure side - kg /sqcm(psi) : 25 (365)

15. Low Pressure side - kg /sqcm(psi) : 110 (150)

16. The system shall hold the pressure for a minimum period of 24 hours without

revealing leaks.

17. After the leak test has been completed successfully, the pressure due to

Nitrogen or Carbon- de-oxide in the system.

18. The System shall then be dehydrated by drawing a vacuum. The vacuum

achieved shall be achieved shall be atleast as deep as 500 microns and shall be

maintained for a period of atleast 24 Hours after the vacuum pump has been shut

off.

19. Insulation for Refrigerant Piping:

All suction lines (insulated both indoors & outdoors) and liquid lines laid outdoors

shall be applied over a coat of bituminous primer applied on the pipe surface. Before

putting on the insulation sleves.

20. Condensate Drain Piping:

i. PVC Pipes (Medium) shall be used for condensate drain piping. ii. Piping shall be supported suitably on walls/floor and all charges involved

there to shall be applied in the prices quoted by the tenderers.

iii. While installing piping, the contractor shall keep in mind the requirement that i t should not foul with the structural or consultantural features of the building. Further, all piping must be installed in a neat and workman

- like - manner. 21. Propeller Fans

Propeller type, Ring/Diaphragm mounted fans shall be equipped with a TEFC phase motor with the impeller mounted directly on the shaft. The blades shall be dia formed steel. The fan shall be fitted with gravity type louvers. The speed of fan shall

not exceed 900 RPM. The fan speed can go upto 1400RPM only in case of fans having diameter of 305 mm.

22. Installation

i. The Contractor shall supply all foundation bolts, base frame wherever required, vibration eliminators etc. and shall ensure that all the above

Page 98: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 96 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

accessories are placed securely in proper position while the foundation is cast.

ii. Vibration eliminators shall be provided with an efficiency of not less than 80%

wherever necessary. iii. Fan inlet and outlet connections shall be with flexible canvas connections

wherever necessary.

23. Testing:

All the fans shall be tested for performance and the following test results shall be

furnished:

a. Air flow rate in CFM.

b. Static pressure at the fan supply end.

24. Painting

On completion of the erection and testing, the outside of the fans shall be painted

with two coats of Synthetic Enamel paint of approved colour over and under coat of primer.

Page 99: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 97 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

13. Electrical works (HVAC) 1. Scope

1.1 This specification along with specific job requirement (if any) defines the

requirements for design, engineering, procurement, installation, testing and

commissioning of the electrical facilities for the package unit as covered in the

enclosed data sheet.

1.2 It is not intended to cover all aspects of system design but to indicate the basic

requirements only. Vendor shall ensure that the design and installation is

carried out as per good engineering practices and shall meet the requirements

of safety, reliability, ease of maintenance and operation, aesthetics, scope of

further expansion and maximum interchangeability of the equipment. Vendor

shall acquaint himself with EIL standards, specification and field testing

procedures as deemed necessary for proper execution of the work.

1.3 Compliance with this specification and/or approval of any of the vendor

documents shall not relieve the vendor of his responsibility towards his

contractual obligation with regard to the completeness and satisfactory

operation of the plant.

2. Codes and Standards

2.1 All electrical equipment and complete installation shall meet the requirement

of this specification and data sheet in addition to the relevant Indian

Standards/Code of practices. Complete system must also conform to the

following:

a) Indian Electricity Act and Rules.

b) Fire Insurance Regulations.

c) Indian Petroleum rules and any other regulations laid down by Chief Controller

of Explosives.

d) Regulations laid down by Factory Inspectorate.

e) Regulations laid down by local statutory authorities and Electrical Inspector.

2.2 Approvals of statutory authorities for materials, plant design/drawings and

complete installation shall be the responsibility of the vendor.

Page 100: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 98 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

3. Area Classifications and Equipment Selection

3.1 In case of storage, handling or processing of flammable material within the

battery limits of the package unit, area classification shall be carried out in

line with IS:5572 and Indian Petroleum Rules. The vendor shall furnish “Area

Classification Drawing” indicating the zone of hazardous area and the gas

group. A list of flammable material along with their properties like flash point,

ignition temperature, explosive limits etc. shall also be furnished by the

vendor.

3.2 Selection of the type of equipment for use in hazardous areas shall be done in

accordance with IS:5571.

3.3 Electrical equipment for hazardous areas shall have the approval of recognized

testing/certifying authority. Vendor shall furnish the necessary certificates

indicating such approvals.

4. Equipment Specifications

4.0.1 Specifications of each system and equipment shall be furnished by the vendor

for approval by the Employer. However, certain minimum requirements for the

major equipment are highlighted in this section.

4.0.2 All equipment shall be new and supplied by approved reputed manufacturers.

Equipment requiring specialized maintenance or operation shall be avoided as

far as possible and prototype equipment shall not be accepted. All equipment

shall be complete with all necessary weather and anticorrosion protection

including tropicalization to prevent damage due to climate saline atmosphere,

dust and corrosive vapors.

4.0.3 The Employer or his authorized representative may visit the works during

manufacture of various electrical equipment/materials to assess the progress

of work as well as to ascertain that only quality raw materials are used for the

same. He shall be given full assistance to carry out the inspection. Employer’s

representative shall be given minimum two weeks advance notice for

witnessing the final testing.

The minimum testing/inspection requirements for all components/equipment

shall conform to the requirements stipulated in applicable codes and

standards. Test certificates including test records and performance curves etc.

shall be furnished by the vendor.

Page 101: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 99 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

4.0.4 All equipments/material shall be protected for inland/ marine transport,

carriage at site and outdoor storage during transit and at site. Vendor shall be

responsible for any damage to the equipment during transit. All packages shall

be clearly, legible and duly marked with uniform block letters giving the

relevant equipments/material details. Such package shall contain a packing

list in a waterproof envelope.

4.1 Medium Voltage Motors

All medium voltage induction motors shall meet the requirements of enclosed

data sheet and following specific requirements in addition to the general

requirements as per latest edition of IS : 325.

4.1.1 Motors shall be squirrel cage type in standard frame sizes rated for continuous duty and designed for direction line starting across full line voltage. Motors

shall be capable of withstanding occasional bus transfer/reaccelerating at a voltage not exceeding 150% of the rated voltage. All motors shall be suitable for starting under specified load conditions with 75% of the rated voltage at the

terminals. 4.1.2 Motors shall be designed to allow three consecutive starts from cold condition,

two consecutive starts from hot condition and four uniformly distributed starts

in on hour. Minimum locked rotor thermal with stand time at rated voltage

shall be 10 seconds under cold conditions and 8 seconds under hot

conditions. Motor starting time shall be less than its hot thermal withstands

time.

4.1.3 Starting current shall generally be limited to six times the rated current for all

motors. Starting torque, minimum torque and pump out torque shall be

compatible with the speed torque curve of the driven equipment with due

regard to pulsating loads with minimum acceptable values as 110%, 90% and

175% respectively of the rated torque. For heavy duty motors, high starting

torque (Min. 150%) motors shall be provided with starting time preferably less

than ten seconds.

4.1.4 Motors shall be provided with class “B” or class “F” insulation and the

permissible temperature rise above the specified ambient temperature shall be

limited to the values applicable for class “B” insulation. The windings shall be

tropicalised and adequately braced. The ends of the windings shall be brought

out in a terminal box with six terminals with suitable links to connect them in

Delta. However, motors rated up to 2.2 KW may be connected in star with

three terminals.

Page 102: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 100 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

4.1.5 The terminal box shall be capable of withstanding the full internal short-circuit conditions with the specified system fault level. The fault duration shall be taken as 0.25 secs. for motors rated 55 KW and above for motors rated below

55 KW the fault energy to be considered shall depend upon the backup fuse rating. The terminal box shall be located on the right hand side viewed from

the driving (coupling) end. It shall be routable in steps of 90 deg to allow cable entry from any direction. The terminal box shall be of sturdy construction and large enough to facilitate easy connection of cables. Additional trifurcating

boxes shall be provided for all motors rated above 75 KW. Following sizes of aluminum conductor, PVC insulated armored cables shall be applicable for

design of terminal box and related accessories.

RECOMMENDED SFU RATINGS & CABLE SIZES

*Each starter feeder will be provided with

1 No. ‘ON’ lamp

1 No. ‘TRIP’ lamp 1 No. Start Push Button

1 No. Stop Push Button, Stay put type. INCOMER - 1 No. Ammeter + ASS 1 No. Volt meter + VSS,

All switchgear shall be of Siemens Make or equivalent.

Motor Rating Type of Starter SFU Cable Size.

170 KW AYFY Star/Delta 400/355 2# 3C - 185 mm2

110 KW AYFY Star/Delta 250/200 2# 3C - 95 mm2

75 KW AYFY Star/Delta 250/160 2# 3C - 75 mm2

30 KW AYFY Star/Delta 63/63 2# 3C - 16 mm2

22 KW AYFY Star/Delta 63/50 2# 3C - 10 mm2

15 KW AYFY Star/Delta 32/32 2# 3C - 6 mm2

7 KW AYFY DOL 32/25 1# 3C - 4 mm2

5.5 KW AYFY DOL 32/25 1# 3C - 4 mm2

2.8 KW AYFY DOL 32/10 1# 3C - 4 mm2

1.5 KW AYFY DOL 32/10 1# 3C - 4 mm2

Page 103: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 101 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

General Notes :

1) Vendor to submit single line diagram of all panels

2) G.A. drawings and detailed Bill of Material to be submitted.

3) Unit Rate of Cable Laying in trays to be submitted, from the cable listed.

4.1.6 Motors shall be suitable for either direction of rotation except 2 pole motors in

frame sizes 280 and above, which may have unidirectional fans. Bearings shall

be chosen to provide a minimum operating life of 40,000 hours and shall

preferably be capable of grease injection from outside without removal of

covers with motors in running condition. Pre-lubricated bearings wherever

used must provide 4 to 5 years of trouble free service without any replacement

or re-lubrication. Motors vibrations shall be within the limits of IS: 4728

unless otherwise required for the driven equipment.

4.1.7 Motors shall be totally enclosed fan cooled type. Minimum degree of protection

for motor enclosure, terminal box and bearing housing shall be IP-55 as per

IS-4691. In addition motors for use in hazardous areas shall have type of

protection Ex. (d), Ex (e) or Ex (n) as required and shall meet the requirements

of applicable Indian Standards. Vertical motors shall be provided with fully

covering rain canopies. In addition to the two earth terminals on the motor

body, an earth terminal shall be provided inside the terminal box.

4.1.8 All motors rated above 30 kW shall be provided with 240 V anti-condensation

heater. These heaters shall conform to the provisions of applicable standards

for motors installed in hazardous area. The heater leads shall be brought out

to a separate terminal box in IP-55 enclosure suitable for two core 4 Sq.mm.

aluminum conductor armored cable.

4.1.9 Generally four pole motors shall be preferred. The min. value for product of

efficiency and power factor shall be as per IS: 8789. For motor ratings not

covered in IS: 8789, product of efficiency and power factor shall be as agreed

between the Employer and vendor.

4.1.10 Internal and external parts of the casing and metal parts likely to come in

contact with the surrounding air shall be protected with anti-acid paint. All

external surfaces shall be given a coat of epoxy-based paint.

Page 104: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 102 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

4.2 Medium Voltage Switchboard

Medium voltage switchboard shall meet the requirements of enclosed data

sheet and following specific requirements in addition to the general

requirements as per latest editions of applicable Indian Standards.

4.2.1 The switchboard shall be free standing, metal enclosed compartmentalized,

modular type, dust and vermin proof suitable for indoor installation,

switchgear enclosure shall provide a degree of protection not less than IP-31 as

per IS:2147. The switchgear shall be assembled out of vertical panels of

uniform height not exceeding 2450mm. The maximum height of the operating

handle/switches shall not exceed 1800mm and the minimum height not below

300mm. All feeders shall be provided with door safety interlock.

Rubber mat shall be provided on all sides of electrical panel in view of the

safety of the operator & in accordance with required standards.

The switchgear shall be designed to ensure max. safety during operation,

inspection, connection of cables, relocation of outgoing circuits and

maintenance with the energized bus bar system and without taking any

special precautions. The switchgear shall permit max. Interchangeability and

shall be extensible on either side.

The switchboard shall be sheet steel clad with the frame fabricated out of 14

SWG cold rolled sheet steel and doors/covers out of 16 SWG cold rolled sheet

steel; having integral base frame for each vertical panel. All hardware shall be

corrosion resistant. All joints and connections of the panel members shall be

made of galvanized. Zinc passivated or cadmium plated high quality steel

bolts, nuts and washers, secured against loosening. The switchgear shall be

suitable for bottom/top cable entry. However, the incomers for PMCC fed by

transformers rated 1250 KVA and above shall have provision for bus duct

connection at the top. Each MCC panel shall have separate cable alley of

150mm minimum width.

4.2.2 Individual circuit breakers, motor starters, switch fuse units, horizontal bus

bars, auxiliary/control bus bars, cable termination compartment shall be

housed in separate enclosed compartments separated from each other by

metallic barriers.

Circuit breakers panel shall be in single front execution only. Not more than

two breaker cubicles shall be housed in one vertical panel except for the

incomer and bus coupler, which shall each be housed in independent vertical

panels. Motor starter and switch fuse units shall be in multitier arrangement

Page 105: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 103 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

in single or double front fully draw out or fixed execution as specified in the

data sheet. All auxiliary devices for control, indication, measurement and

protection such as push buttons, control and selector switches, indicating

lamps, metering instruments, protective relays except bimetallic relays shall be

mounted on the front side of the respective compartment. Components

requiring frequent inspection during operation shall be easily accessible.

Each vertical panel shall be provided with an anti-condensation heater rated

for 240V AC supply with a switch fuse and a thermostat.

4.2.3 Main bus bars shall be of high conductivity aluminum having uniform current

rating throughout their length. Horizontal and vertical bus bars shall be sized

depending upon the max-expected current and to limit the max. Operating

temperature at specified design ambient temperature to 85 deg.C for normal

operating condition and to 200 deg.C for short circuit condition considering

installation in poorly ventilated area. Double front panels shall have two

independent sets of vertical bus bars.

Adequately sized auxiliary copper/aluminum bus bars running horizontally in

a separate enclosure shall be provided for space heaters, control supply and

metering requirements. Necessary tee-off connections shall be used for

distributing auxiliary supply to each vertical panel.

All bus bars shall be colour coded and designed to withstand specified short

circuit currents for one second.

4.2.4 Aluminum earth bus with 300 mm2 min. size or equivalent copper bus shall be

provided throughout the length of the switchboard with provision for

interconnection to earthing grid. All non-current carrying metallic parts of the

mounted equipment shall be earthed. Doors and movable parts shall be

earthed using flexible copper connections.

4.2.5 Inside the switchboards, the wiring for power, control, signaling, protection

and instrument circuits shall be done with the PVC insulated copper

conductors having 660/1100V grade insulation. For modules rated above 100

Amp. Preferably copper strip connection shall be used. Minimum size of

control wire shall be 1.5mm2 copper for circuits having fuse rating 10 Amp. or

less. For higher fuse rating control circuits, min. 2.5 mm2 copper conductor

shall be used.

“Elmex” type terminals shall be acceptable for wires up to 10 mm2 size and for

conductors larger than 10 mm2 bolt type terminals with crimping lugs shall be

provided. Each wire shall be terminated at a separate terminal. A min. of 10%

spare terminal shall be provided for all CT terminals.

Page 106: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 104 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

All motor starting shall be DOL type unless otherwise specified.

4.2.6 All circuit breakers shall be air-break, fully draw out type. Circuit breaker

panel shall have three distinct positions viz. “Service”, “Test”, “Full Out”

position complete with necessary safety inter locks, scraping earth connection,

shutters, safety barriers and suitable guides for easy movement of the trolley.

Access to the cables shall be from the rear side after opening the door of the

separate cabling compartment. Circuit breakers shall be trip free type having

antipumping feature and electrically operated mechanism suitable for control

supply as specified in the data sheet. Circuit breaker trip coils shall be rated

for satisfactory operation with 50% to 110% of the rated voltage and the

closing coil shall be rated for 85% to 110% of the rated voltage.

4.2.7 For fully draw out MCC, trolley movement shall be on guided rollers or by

means of a crank and screw arrangement. Plug in operation shall be

independent of manual force. The trolley shall be lockable in fully plugged in

and fully draw out positions. A device shall be provided to ensure fully plugged

in condition. There shall be positive indication for the various position of the

trolley. Trolleys/modules of same size shall be completely interchangeable.

240V AC control supply for motor starters shall be derived from a common

415/240V transformer having 1000 VA rating for each bus section.

4.2.8 All switches shall be load break, heavy duty, air break type with the operating

handle mounted on the compartment door, complete with necessary interlock

and defeat mechanism.

All fuses shall be non-deteriorating HRC cartridge, pressure-fitting link type.

The contractors shall be air break type having AC-3 duty rating.

Thermal overload relays shall be three elements, positive acting ambient

temperature compensated type with adjustable setting range and built in

protection feature against single phasing. Bimetal relays shall be manually

reset type with the reset push button provided on the cubicle door.

4.2.9 All relays shall be back connected, draw out type suitable for flush mounting

and fitting with dust tight covers along with hand reset type built in flag

indicators.

Current transformers for metering shall have an accuracy class 1.0 and

instrument safety factor less than 5. Protective current transformers shall have

an accuracy class 5P and an accuracy limit factor greater than 10.

Page 107: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 105 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

All indicating instruments shall be moving iron, flush mounting type and of 96

x 96mm square pattern. However 72mm x 72 mm instruments may be

acceptable for outgoing feeders in the MCC.

All control/selector switches shall be rotary back connected type having a cam

operated contract mechanism with pistol grip handle for circuit breaker control

and knob type handle for other applications.

Indicating lamps shall be suitable for 6.0V AC, complete with built in 240/6V

transformers. Lamps shall be provided with translucent covers to diffuse light.

The following indicating colours shall be used.

Close/on : Red

Open/off : Green

Auto/fault trip : Amber

Test Position : Blue

Spring charged/trip healthy/Control supply on: White

Push Button Colours shall be as follows:

Stop/Open/Emergency : Red

Start/Close : Green

Reset/Test : Yellow/Black/White

‘Stop’ push buttons for motor control feeders shall have stay put feature.

4.2.10 All motors starter feeders shall have STOP and RESET push buttons and

RUN, NON-RUN and TRIP indication lamps.

All breakers feeder shall have Test/Service selector switch breaker control

switch, trip healthy push button; ON TRIP, CONTROL SUPPLY FAILURE and

TRIP healthy indication leaps, Metering shall include a KWH meter and

ammeter with selector switch. Incomers to PMCC/MCC shall also have a

415/110V PT with primary fuse, secondary MCB along with a voltmeter and a

selector switch.

Page 108: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 106 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

Audio/visual annunciation shall also be provided for medium voltage

switchboards having auto-transfer provision between the two incomers and/or

bus coupler.

All feeders shall be provided with 1 NO + 1 NC as spare auxiliary contacts

wired to the terminal strip for Employer’s use.

4.2.11 All metal parts shall be thoroughly cleaned, degreased and made free from

rust. After application of the primer, the switchboard shall be spray painted

with two coats of final paint. Colour shade of the final paint shall be as per

manufacturer standard unless otherwise specified in the data sheet.

4.2.12 A centrally located engraved name plate shall be provided for the switchboard.

Each module shall have engraved nameplate-bearing data as per approved

drawings. Nameplate or polyester adhesive stickers shall be provided for each

equipment mounted on the switchboard.

4.2.13 At least 10% spare of each rating of outgoing feeders subject to a minimum of

one feeder of each rating shall be provided in the switchboard.

4.3 Local Push Button Station

Each motor shall be provided with a pedestal mounted control station in the

field near the motor. The local control station shall have die-cast

aluminum/sheet steel enclosure of IP-55 protection and shall be flame proof

type with cast iron/Aluminum alloy enclosure for installation in hazardous

area. The control station shall include START/STOP push buttons, cable

glands, ammeter etc. as required. STOP push button shall have stay put

feature. All push button shall be shrouded type, rear connected with 2 NO + 2

NC momentary contact and shall be complete with necessary inscription

plates. Outdoor control stations shall have necessary canoples.

5. Cabling System

5.1 Power cables for use in 415V system shall be of 1100V grade, aluminum

conductor, PVC insulated, PVC sheathed armored with overall PVC sheet as

per IS: 1554 (Part-I). Power cables for 3.3kv/6.6kv/11kv system shall be

aluminum conductor. XPLE insulated, screened, PVC bedded, galvanized steel

flat armored and PVC sheathed as per IS:7098. Both inner and outer sheath

shall be extruded PVC for all power and control cables.

Page 109: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 107 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

Control cables shall be 1100V grade, 2.5mm2 copper conductor, PVC

insulated, PVC sheathed, single wire armored with an overall PVC sheath as

per IS:1554 (Part-I). Adequate derating factors shall be used for sizing the

cables. Sizes of cables feeding motors shall be as per clause 4.2.5.

5.2 Cables shall preferably be laid in overhead cable trays along the pipe rack

wherein available. Overhead cable funs shall be supported by GI saddle with

bars spaced 300 mm apart. Painted MS ladder type trays or cable trays

fabricated out of hot dip galvanized sheet shall be used as per data sheet.

Cable trays shall be supported at a distance not exceeding 2000 mm. Tray

widths shall be preferably 300/500/750mm and shall be arranged in

single/multi-tiers as required. All supporting steel shall be painted before

laying of cables.

Underground cables in paved areas shall be in lined trenches with concrete

covers having proper slope and drainage holes for water. Underground cables

in unpaved areas shall be in lined trenches or directly buried as specified in

data sheet. In hazardous areas trenches shall be completely filled up with

sand. Direct cable runs shall be laid at a depth of not less than 750 mm for

MV cables and 900 mm for HV cables and shall be covered with 150 mm of

sand on top of the largest diameter cable followed by a protective covering of

75mm thick second class red bricks. The remainder of the trench shall then be

back filled, rammed and leveled. Where underground cables cross roadways,

pipe sleepers at grade etc., they shall be protected by being drawn through

sleeves/ducts to provide a permanent crossing. Conduits, where used, and all

conduit fittings shall be galvanized. Where cables rise up through floors to

connections, these shall be protected by GI conduits up to a min. of 300mm

above grade and open ends shall be sealed.

All exposed cables shall be suitably covered in a boxing to maintain the

aesthetics of the area as well as for protecting the cable from any abuse.

5.3 All power and control cables shall be of continuous lengths without

intermediate joints. All cables shall be identified close to their termination

point by cable number (as per cable schedule) punched on 2mm thick

aluminum strape securely fastened to the cable. In case of control cables all

cores shall be identified at both ends by their terminal numbers using PVC

ferrules as per interconnection diagrams.

5.4 All PVC cables upto 1.1kv grade shall be terminated at the equipment by

means of double compression type cable glands preferably of comet make and

Page 110: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 108 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

crimping type lugs of dowels make. All cable entries shall be through bottom

only unless otherwise approved.

5.5 All cables routes shall be marked and order of lay shall be designed to avoid

crisscrossing. High voltage, medium voltage, control and signal cables shall be

separated from each other by adequate spacing or running through

independent pipes, trenches or cable trays as applicable. Adequate space shall

be provided for running HT cable, communication cables and fire alarm cables

even where these are not included in vendor’s scope.

6. Earthing System

6.1 Earthing system design and installation shall generally be as per IS:3043. All

metallic non-current carrying parts of electrical apparatus, current and

potential transformer secondaries, structural steel, vessels, towers, stacks,

storage tanks, loading racks etc. shall be earthed at least by two distinct

separate earth conductors from the earth plate connected to the main earthing

loop.

6.2 The main grid conductor shall be hot dip galvanized MS flat or PVC insulated

aluminum/copper conductor having min. size of 40 x 5mm for GI strip or

equivalent copper/aluminum section. Thickness of hot dip galvanizing shall

not be less than 75 microns. The main earth loop shall be laid at a depth of

500mm below grade. Wherever lined trenches are available, the main earth

conductor shall be laid in trenches firmly created to the walls of concrete lined

trenches. In the process areas having overhead cable trays, the main earthing

conductor shall run along cable trays, wherever possible, suitable cleated and

electrically bonded to the cable tray at regular intervals. Joints and tapings in

the main loop shall be made in such a way that reliable and good elect.

Connections are permanently ensured. All joints below grade shall be welded

and suitably protected by giving two coats of bitumen and covered with

Hessian tape. Tee connectors shall be used for tapping earth leads from the

main earth loop wherever installed above ground.

6.3 Adequate number of 65mm dia. 3 M long GI pipe earth electrodes shall be

provided with main loop to limit the earth resistance of the package unit earth

grid to less than 5 ohms during dry weather conditions. All earth electrodes

shall preferably be driven to a sufficient depth to reach permanently moist soil.

Package unit earth grid shall have provisions for interconnection to Employer’s

main plant earth grid.

Page 111: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 109 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

6.4 Multiple earth connections shall be taken from suitably located earth plates

connected to earth loop. All hardware used for earthing installation shall be

hot dip galvanized or zinc passivated. Spring washers shall be used for all

earthing connections of equipment. Following sizes of earth conductors shall

be used for motors:

Upto 3.7 kw : 8 SWG GI wire

5.5 to 30 kw : 3/8" GI fine wire rope of 35mm

2. All insulated cond.

37 to 75 kw : 5/8" GI fine wire rope of 70mm

2. All insulated cond.

Above 75 kw : Same size as main earth loop.

Earthing connections to equipment shall be made by means of specially

provided bolts and lugs.

6.5 Lighting protection shall generally be as per IS:2309 Lighting protection shall

be provided for the equipment, structures and buildings higher than 20

meters. Self-conducting structures need not be provided with aerial rod and

down conductors but shall be connected to the earthing grid at two points of

the base.

6.6 All utility, process pipe lines shall be bounded and earthed on entering/leaving

any hazardous area.

7. System Testing and Commissioning

Vendor shall submit the field-testing procedures for Employer’s approval. Field

tests as per the approved procedures shall be performed on the electrical

system/equipment before its being put into service. The vendor shall arrange

all test equipment. Test reports shall be approved by the site-in-charge before

acceptance of the complete plant and equipment.

Page 112: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 110 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

8. Spares

Vendor shall supply all spares and consumables required for proper operation

and maintenance for minimum two years of the complete system and

associated equipment in addition to those required during field testing and

commissioning, these spares shall include but not be limited to the following:

8.1 M.V. Motor

- Driving end and non-driving end bearings

- Terminal block

- Terminal cover with screws etc.

- Fans for critical motors.

8.2 Medium Voltage Switchboard

- Spares for the breaker

- Switches and fuses of all ratings

- Set of main contacts and coils of all contractors

- Bimetal relays of critical ratings.

- Indicating lamps.

9. Guarantee

The vendor shall warrant that the equipment and installation shall satisfy the

requirements of the intended use and is free from intent defects. Vendor shall

assume responsibility for obtaining manufacturer’s performance guarantee for

all equipment purchased by him. Vendor shall then assume this warranty in

his guarantee to the Employer. Vendor shall repair or replace any equipment,

which proves to be defective within 12 months after its being put in operation,

but not later than 18 months from date of shipment.

Page 113: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 111 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

14. Technical Specifications (Electrical Works)

A] WIRING SYSTEM

1. SCOPE

The scope of work under this section generally covers internal wiring for lights,

fans, exhaust fans, call bells, fan coil units, geysers, power sockets etc., The

contractor shall provide all materials, labour, equipment, scaffoldings, etc., as

required for the completion of wiring installation called for. The wiring shall

generally be done using PVC insulated copper conductor wires in PVC/M.S./G.I

conduit as called for including providing switches, sockets, plug tops, fan

regulators, outlet boxes etc.,

2. STANDARDS APPLICABLE

The applicable standards for above work shall be as listed below: IS: 732 Code of practice for electrical wiring installation

(System voltage not exceeding 650 V). IS : 1646 Code of practice for fire safety of buildings (General

Electrical installation).

IS : 2667 Fittings for rigid steel conduits for electrical wiring.

IS : 3480 Flexible steel conduits for Electrical wiring.

IS : 3837 Accessories for rigid steel conduit for electrical wiring.

IS : 694 PVC insulated cables. IS : 2509 Rigid - non-metallic conduits for electrical wiring.

IS : 6946 Flexible (Pliable) non-metallic conduits for electrical installation.

IS : 1293 3 Pin plugs and sockets.

IS : 8130 Specifications for conduits for electrical installation. IS : 3854 Switches for domestic purpose.

Page 114: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 112 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

IS : 3415 Fittings for rigid non-metallic conduits. IS : 4648 Guide for electrical layout in residential building.

IS : 9537 Conduits for electrical installation.

IS : 302 General and safety requirements for

household and similar electrical appliances.

IS : 3043 Code of practice for earthing.

IS : 5216 Guide for safety procedures and practices in electrical work. Indian Electricity Act and Rules.

Regulations for the electrical equipment in buildings issued by the Bombay

Regional Council of Insurance association of India, CEIG Karnataka, EB.

All standards and codes mean the latest.

3. POINT WIRING FOR LIGHTS, FANS, EXHAUST FANS & 5A

CONVENIENCE SOCKETS

A point wiring shall consist of the branch wiring from the distribution board

together with a switch/fan regulator as required, including providing

conduit and accessories, the ceiling rose or pendant holder or a swan

holder, or ceiling fan hook box or socket etc., with suitable termination.Point

wiring shall include, in addition, the earth continuity conductor/wire from the

distribution board to the earth pin/stud of the outlet/switch box and to the

outlet points.

The point wiring shall be carried out in the under mentioned manner:

Supply, installation, fixing of conduits and GI pull wire with necessary

accessories, junction/pull/inspection/switch boxes and outlet boxes/Fan

hook box etc. Switches, switch plates and switch boxes are not required

for the lights which are controlled directly from the MCB DB's.

Supplying and drawing of wires of required size including earth continuity

PVC insulated wire.

Page 115: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 113 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

Supply, installation and connection of flush type switches, sockets,

cover plates, switch plates, and fixing fan regulator, lamp holder, ceiling

rose etc..

The point shall be complete with the branch wiring from the

distribution board to the outlet point, through switch board, conduit

with accessories, junction, pull, inspection boxes, control switch,

socket, outlets boxes, ceiling roses, lamp holder, connector, extension

cord wire, flexible conduits etc..

4. POINT RATE

For purposes of measurements and payments the rate for point wiring for

lights/fans etc., is divided into two parts.

a) Circuit Main

b) Point Wiring.

a. Circuit Main for Light/Fan Point: The circuit main for lights/fan/6A

sockets (where 6A sockets connected to light circuit) shall include the

wiring from the MCB distribution boards upto the first switch/light

point/fan point. This is measured in linear meter. The scope of work

under this section shall include,

Supply and wiring in concealed/surface conduit from DB’s to first

switch/light/fan point.

Providing and installing PVC insulated copper conductor earth wire.

Providing and installing GI fish wire (pull wire) in the conduit.

Termination of wires in DB's and switches using proper tinned copper

lugs of crimping type.

Providing and installing necessary pull/junction boxes where

necessary.

Page 116: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 114 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

b. Point Wiring: The rate for point shall include supply, installation, and

connection, testing and commissioning of point wiring in conduit. The

points shall be measured in No/sets for the set/group of lights controlled

as mentioned in SOQ.

The exact scope of work included in the point wiring for the purposes of

measurement is enumerated as stated below.

Wiring starting from the first switch/light/fan point, where the circuit

main is terminated to the various lights/fans/sockets (where 6A sockets

connected to light circuit loop), and then looping between the

switches/lights/fans/6A sockets etc.,

Providing and installing all necessary switches, switch plates, sockets,

pull/junction/fan hook boxes etc. as called for.

Providing and installing insulated earth continuity wire in each conduit

along with the wiring system.

Providing and installing G.I. fish wire (pull wire) in the conduits.

Providing and installing ceiling roses, lamp holders where necessary.

Providing and installing PVC insulated, PVC sheathed flexible three core

1.5 sq.mm extension cords including flexible conduits from light/fan

outlet points mounted at ceiling point to the light/fan outlet.

Wiring for 6A Sockets, 16A Power Sockets for Equipment Wiring :

Except where 6A sockets connected to the lighting loop which are

measured in Number of points, the measurement for wiring of 6A/16A

sockets and wiring for power outlets is done as follows :

Length of circuit wire including conduit, accessories and earth wire for

power wiring is measured together in linear meter.

The socket outlet with outlet box is measured in Numbers.

Page 117: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 115 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

5. SYSTEM OF WIRING

Unless otherwise mentioned on drawings, the system of internal wiring

shall be as follows : The system of wiring shall consist of single core, PVC

insulated, 650/1100 Volt grade, stranded copper conductor

wires/cables laid through concealed or exposed PVC/GI/MS conduits

as mentioned elsewhere or as directed by Employer/client.

GENERAL: Prior to laying and fixing of conduits and light outlet boxes,

contractor shall carefully examine the layout drawings and prepare

detailed shop drawings, indicating the exact location of light outlets,

with distances marked, conduit routing, with sizes, number of wires run

in each conduit, control switch location etc., The contractor shall obtain

the approval of all shop drawings by the Employer/client prior to the

installation of conduits. Any discrepancy noticed in the design drawings

shall be brought to the notice of the Employer/client. Any suggestions or

modification suggested by the contractor shall have approval of Client

before execution.

Type of Installation

Unless otherwise specified all conduits for surface wiring shall be

heavy gauge rigid GI/MS conduits and all concealed installation

including conduits running above false ceiling shall be heavy gauge rigid

PVC.

All conduits buried in grade or in damp wet areas shall be heavy gauge

G.I. conduits.

Concealed Wiring shall be done using PVC conduits in the following

areas,

i. Staircase area lighting.

ii. Wiring inside offices.

iii. Wiring in the false ceiling area.

iv. All other areas where surface conduit is not specifically mentioned.

Page 118: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 116 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

Surface Wiring shall be done using Heavy Gauge G.I/Black Enamelled

M.S. Conduit.

i. Wiring installation in the electrical sub-station room, D.G. Room.

ii. Pump room, sewage treatment plant room.

iii. Ventilation fan room, AHU room and electrical room.

Conduit Installation in False Ceiling Area: The PVC conduits shall run

exposed using above false ceiling.

6. MATERIALS : CONDUITS

Type of Conduit: All conduits for fire alarm system irrespective of surface or

concealed shall be of G.I/M.S. Generally concealed electrical wiring

installation shall be in PVC conduits and surface wiring in G.I/M.S. conduits.

7. PVC CONDUITS: Non-metallic conduits and accessories shall conform to IS

9537 (part 3) - 1983, IS 2509 & IS 3419 and each conduit shall bear the ISI

Mark. PVC conduits shall be of the black, round, heavy gauge polyvinyl

chloride (PVC). The conduit shall be plain end type as specified in IS 2509-

1973/IS 2537-1983. The conduit internal surface shall be smooth. Only

approved quality factory made bends/accessories shall be used. Minimum size

of conduits shall be 20mm diameter. PVC conduits shall be rigid unplasticised,

heavy gauge having minimum wall thickness of 2.0mm up to 25mm diameter

conduit and 2.5mm wall thickness for all sizes above 25mm diameter.

8. CONDUIT ACCESSORIES

i. PVC CONDUIT BENDS & COLLARS: The PVC conduit bends & collars

shall be of heavy duty and preferably of the same make as of conduit.

This shall conform to IS 9537/1983 Part III with ISI Mark where

necessary bends or diversion may be achieved by means of using bends

and or circular inspection boxes with adequate and suitable inlet and

outlet termination. In case of recessed installation system. The bends

Page 119: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 117 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

shall be properly secured & flush with the finished wall surface. Elbows

shall not be used. No bends shall have radius less than 2 1/2 times the

outside diameter of the conduit.

ii. PVC/INSPECTION/JUNCTION/PULL BOXES : The Inspection/pull

box/junction box, where used, with relevant PVC conduit installation

shall be of heavy gauge PVC and conform to IS specification and shall

match with the conduit sizes. The box shall be round/square

rectangular with conduit stub projection for termination of conduit. The

box shall be of minimum 50mm deep and the size of box shall be

suitable to pull/make necessary joints of wires inside the boxes. Extra

deep boxes are preferred. The boxes shall have flush type cover. The

colour of plate shall match the colour of paint of the surface where

installed. The boxes shall have concealed screwed socket for fixing the

ceiling rose.

9. SWITCH OUTLET & SOCKET OUTLET BOXES

Concealed Type Outlet Boxes: The concealed outlet boxes for switches,

sockets, power outlets, telephone outlet, fan regulator etc., shall be of standard

factory made and to match the exact requirement of combination of outlets.

The boxes shall be fabricated out of heavy gauge CRCA cold rolled carbon alloy

sheet steel with zinc plating (G.I). The size of boxes shall match the type of

outlet/switch plate to be mounted on the box. Adequate No. and size of

knockout holes shall be provided to terminate the conduits in the box. These

boxes shall be of standard factory made product and of same make as of

switch plates and sockets. Separate screwed earth terminal shall be provided

in the box for earthing.

The outlet box shall be of minimum depth of 50mm. Boxes shall be suitable for

grid mounting type of accessories. Long screw shall be provided to take care of

the extra plaster thickness to mount the switch plates. Provision shall be

Page 120: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 118 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

made in the box and switch plate to have the minor adjustment of alignment of

switch plate to plumb level.

Surface Type Boxes: The boxes for mounting switches, sockets and other

wiring devices shall be either moulded plastic or heavy gauge CRCA sheet steel

painted to match the colour of wall. The box shall be suitable to terminate the

G.I/M.S. surface conduit into the box. The size and shape of box shall match

the exact type and combination of switch plates, receptacles and wiring

devices. Deep boxes shall be used to facilitate easy termination of conduit and

wires/cables. Separate screwed earth terminal shall be provided in the box

for earthing.

Light Outlet Boxes: For concealed PVC conduit installation the light outlet

box shall be of PVC round/square with knock-out holes. Conduit projection

shall be suitable to terminate the conduit to the box. The box shall be made of

heavy gauge PVC and the sample to have the approval of Construction

Manager before use. The boxes shall have concealed screwed socket to fix the

ceiling rose. The boxes shall be minimum 50mm deep.

For surface conduit installation the light outlet box shall be of G.I/black

enamelled M.S. boxes. The boxes shall have threaded stub projection having

internal threading to terminate the conduits of different sizes. The boxes shall

have concealed screwed socket for fixing the ceiling rose. The boxes shall be

minimum 50mm deep.

Ceiling Fan Hook Boxes: The ceiling fan hook box shall be fabricated of 2mm

thick G.I/M.S. with adequately sized G.I/M.S. rod/hook to fix the ceiling fan.

The hook shall be concealed within the fan hook box. The side extensions of

rod shall be sufficiently long to provide adequate anchorage in the concrete.

The size of the box shall be such that it should be totally covered by the plastic

canopy of the ceiling fan. The box shall have anticorrosive primer coating.

Switches: Switches shall conform to IS: 3854, and IS: 4615. Switches shall be

single pole, single or two way as shown on the drawings. They shall be of the

Page 121: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 119 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

molded type rated for 250V, 5/15A. They shall be provided with insulated

dollies and covers.

The switches shall be rocker operated with a quiet operating mechanism with

bounce-free, snap acting mechanism in an arc resistant chamber. The

switches shall have pure silver and silver cadmium contacts. The switches

shall be of approved make as indicated in the `List of Approved Makes’.

Switches installed outdoors shall be industrial, metal clad type, and shall be

provided in weather-proof enclosure, complete with weather proof gasketed

covers.

Cover Plates For Switches & Outlets: Switches/sockets/wiring devices plates

shall be of the same make as of switches/sockets/wiring devices. These shall

be of best quality. Moulded plastic grid mounting type device plates/frames

shall be used and these shall match with the type of switches/sockets and

boxes.

Cover Plates For Inspection/Junction/Pull Boxes: The cover plate for PVC

boxes shall be with minimum 3mm thick perspex/formica sheet cover and for

the G.I/M.S. boxes, shall be of G.I/black enamelled M.S. Plates. The shape of

the plate shall match with that of the box.

Receptacles: The sockets shall conform to IS 1293. Each socket shall be

provided with control switch of appropriate rating. The sockets shall be

moulded type rated for 250 volts and of 6 A or 16 A capacity as mentioned on

the drawings. The 16 Amps sockets shall be multi pin (6 pin) automatic

shutter type suitable for plugging 6 A/16 A plugs. The shutter shall open when

the earth pin of the plug is inserted in the socket. Where called for, the 16 a

socket shall have indicating lamp. The socket outlets and switches shall be of

grid mounting type. Where called for sockets shall be provided with three pin

plug top suitable to the socket and of the same make as of socket. The plug

shall conform to IS 6538. The socket outlets installed outside the

Page 122: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 120 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

building/open to sky or in damp/wet areas shall of weather-proof, water-tight

type.

Industrial Type Sockets: The socket outlets single phase or three phase

installed in electrical room, D.G room etc., shall be three pin or 5 pin

industrial type with MCB (1 phase or 3 phase) control. The socket and MCBs

shall be mounted in a sheet steel enclosure and shall be standard factory

made product.

Conductors: All PVC insulated copper conductor wires shall conform in all

respects to standards as listed under sub-head 'Regulations and Standards'

and shall be of 650/1100V Grade.

10. PVC INSULATED WIRES (FOR LIGHT & SMALL POWER WIRING)

The PVC cables shall conform to IS: 696/1977 and IS: 1554 as per direction of

consultant. For all internal wiring PVC insulated cables of 650/1100V grade,

single core shall be used. The wires shall have the approval of Tariff Advisory

Committee.

The conductors shall be plain, circular stranded annealed copper conductors

complying with BS: 6360.

The minimum number and diameter of wires for circular stranded conductor

shall meet the requirements set out in the relevant British Standards.

The insulation shall be PVC compound complying with the requirements of BS:

6746. It shall be applied by an extrusion process and shall form a compact

homogeneous body. The PVC compound shall comply with the requirements of

IS 5831-84.

The cores of all cables shall be identified by colors in accordance with the

following sequence.

Single phase - Red

Three phase - Red, Yellow, Blue

Neutral - Black

Page 123: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 121 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

Earth - Green or Green/Yellow.

A means of identifying the manufacturer shall be provided throughout the

length of cable.

Unless otherwise specified in the drawings, the sizes of the cables/wires used

for internal wiring shall be as follows:

In case of circuit wiring for lights, exhaust fans, ceiling fans, bells, convenience

socket outlet points:-

2.5 Sq.mm - For Lights/fans/5A socket wiring from DB's upto the outlet

points including control wiring where the circuit length from the DB's to

1st outlet is less than 40 m.

In case of power socket outlet circuit.

6.0 Sq.mm - From DB’s 20/32 A Industrial type sockets.

4.0 Sq.mm - From DBs to 16 A sockets.

The earth continuity conductor size as indicated in the drawing/SOQ shall be

drawn through conduit along with other circuit cables/wires. The size of the

earth continuity conductor shall be as follows:-

UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED MINIMUM SIZE OF EARTH CONTINUITY

CONDUCTOR WIRES NOT FORMING PART OF THE SAME CABLE AS THE

ASSOCIATED CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR

Nominal cross sectional area of

largest associated copper circuit

conductor in sq.mm

Nominal cross sectional area of earth

continuity conductor in sq.mm (PVC

insulated green colour wire)

1.5 2.5

2.5 2.5

4.0 2.5

6.0 4.0

10.0 6.0

16.0 6.0

Page 124: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 122 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

25.0 10.0

35.0 10.0

50.0 10.0

Separate circuits shall run for each water heater, pantry/kitchen equipment,

window air conditioner, and similar outlets at locations as shown on drawings.

11. INSTALLATION OF CONDUIT

Concealed Conduit System : Unless otherwise Specified, all wiring shall be

in heavy gauge rigid PVC conduit embedded in wall, or ceiling and

concealed in the false ceiling. The size of the conduit shall be selected in

conformity with I.S. code and as specified in the table given below. Factory

made conduit bends and accessories shall be used. PVC Conduit shall be

jointed using Solvent Cement as recommended by the conduit supplier. The

conduit in ceiling slab shall be straight as far as possible. Before the conduits

are laid in the ceiling, the position of the outlet points, controls, junction

boxes shall be set out clearly as per the dimensions and to minimize off-sets

and bends. Before the reinforcement rods are kept in position electrical

contractor shall mark in paint the position of outlet points and conduit drop

on the shuttering. When the outlet boxes are kept in position and before

pouring the concrete, all outlet boxes shall be filled with paper to avoid

entry of concrete into the box. Conduits in ceiling shall be bonded to the

reinforcement rods with G.I. bonding wire at intervals not more than 1000mm,

to secure them in position. PVC deep light outlet / pull boxes shall be provided

as required. The conduit in ceiling slab shall be laid above the first layer of

reinforcement rods to avoid cracks in the ceiling surface. In general the

conduit shall not be laid directly on the shuttering surface to avoid cracks in

the ceiling surface.

Page 125: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 123 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

Conduits concealed in the wall shall be secured rigidly by means of steel hooks

/ staples at min. 750 mm intervals. Before conduit is concealed in the walls,

all chases, grooves shall be neatly made to proper required dimensions using

electrically operated groove cutting tools to accommodate number of conduits.

The outlet boxes for control switches, inspection and draw boxes shall be fixed

as and when conduits are being fixed. The recessing of conduits in walls shall

be so arranged as to allow at least 12mm plaster cover on the same. All

grooves, chases etc. shall be refilled with 1:4 cement mortar and finished up to

wall surface before plastering of walls is taken up by the general civil

contractor. Horizontal chases in walls are not allowed. Where unavoidable,

prior permission of Employer/client shall be obtained before making any

chasing. Where conduits pass through expansion joints in the building,

adequate expansion fitting or other approved devices shall be used to take

care of the relative movement. Whenever the conduits terminate into control

boxes, distribution boards etc. conduits shall be rigidly connected to the

boxes/boards with check nuts on either side of the entry. After conduits,

junction boxes, outlet boxes etc. are fixed in position, their outlets shall be

properly plugged with PVC stoppers or any other suitable materials, so that

water, mortar, vermin or any other foreign materials do not enter into the

conduit system. All conduit ends terminating into an outlet shall be

provided with bushes of PVC or rubber after the conduit ends are properly

filed to remove burrs and sharp edges.

Necessary G.I. pull wires shall be inserted into the conduit for drawing wires

before concreting. Insulated earth wires shall be run in each conduit

originating from the panel board upto the Light, Socket and Switch boxes. If

the Electrical Contractor forgets to install any conduit/boxes etc., before the

plastering/painting work is done by other agencies, he may be permitted to

install the same with prior permission of Employers/ client and he shall be

liable to make good the wall, floor, ceiling etc. at his own cost.

Page 126: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 124 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

Conduits shall be so arranged as to facilitate easy drawing of wires through

them. Entire conduit layout shall be done in such a way as to avoid additional

junction boxes other than light points. The wiring shall be done in a looping

manner. All the looping shall be done in either switch boxes or outlet boxes.

Joints in junction or pull boxes are strictly not allowed. Where conduits cross

building expansion joints, adequate expansion fittings or other approved

devices shall be used to take care of any relative movement.

All conduits shall be installed so as to avoid touching of steam and hot water

pipes.

Conduits shall be installed in such a way that the junction and pull boxes

shall always be accessible for repairs and maintenance work. The location of

junction/pull boxes shall be marked on the shop drawings and approved by

the Employer/client.

A minimum separation of 200mm shall be maintained between electrical

conduits and hot water lines in the building.

No run of conduit shall exceed ten meters between adjacent draw-in points

nor shall it contain more than two right angle bends, or other deviation from

the straight line.

Caution shall be exercised in using the PVC conduits in locations where

ambient temperature is 50 degree celsius or above. Use of PVC conduits in

places where ambient temperature is more than 60 degree C is prohibited. The

entire conduit system including boxes shall be thoroughly cleaned after

completion of installations and before drawing of wires. Conduit system shall

be erect and straight as far as possible. Traps where water may accumulate

from condensation are to be avoided and if unavoidable, suitable provision for

draining the water shall be made.

All jointing methods shall be subject to the approval of the Employer/client.

Separate conduits shall be provided for the following system.

- Lighting wiring

- 16 Amp power outlets.

- 6 Amp outlets and lighting system.

Page 127: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 125 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

- 24 Volt supply system.

- Telephone/intercom system,

- Fire Alarm system,

- Computer data cabling system.

- Equipment wiring.

Conduit Joints: Conduits shall be joined by means of plain couplers. Where

there are long runs of straight conduits, pull/inspection boxes shall be

provided at intervals, as approved by the Employer/client/construction

manager. The conduits shall be thoroughly cleaned before making the joints.

In case of plain coupler joints, proper jointing material like a vinyl solvent

cement (gray in color) or any material as recommended by the manufacturer

shall be used.

Bends in Conduit: Wherever necessary, long bends or diversions may be

achieved by bending the conduits or by employing normal bends. No bends

shall have radius less than 2.5 times outside diameter of the conduit. Heat

may be used to soften the PVC conduit for bending, but while applying heat to

the conduit, the conduit shall be filled with sand to avoid any damage to the

conduit. Kinks in the conduit bends shall not be acceptable.

Bunching of Cables : Cables of AC supply of different phases shall be

bunched in separate conduits. The number of insulated wires/cables that

may be drawn into the conduits shall be as per the following table. In this

table, the space factor does not exceed 40%. However, in any case conduits

having less than 20mm diameter shall not be used.

MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE NUMBER OF 650 VOLT GRADE SINGLE CORE

WIRES THAT MAY BE DRAWN IN TO RIGID PVC CONDUITS.

CABLE SIZE

IN Sqmm

SIZE OF CONDUITS (mm) (MAX NO. OF WIRES)

20 25 32 40 50

1.5 4 8 14 - -

Page 128: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 126 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

2.5 4 6 10 - -

4.0 3 4 8 12 -

6.0 2 4 6 8 -

10.0 1 3 5 10 -

16.0 0 2 4 5 12

Wires carrying current shall be so bunched in the conduit that the

outgoing and return wires are drawn into the same conduit. Wires

originating from two different phases shall not be run in the same conduit.

Wiring: All final branch circuits for lighting and appliances, shall be single

conductor cables run inside conduits. Branch circuit conductor sizes shall be

as shown in the load analysis of drawing and conforming to the requirements

of the I.E. Regulations and I.S. Code.

Home runs indicated on the drawings for the final branch circuits shall

be kept in a separate conduit upto the panel board via switches wherever

called for. No other wiring shall be bunched in the conduit unless the other

circuit main of same phase runs in the same conduit.

For each lot of wire supply, Contractor shall supply a certificate issued by the

Manufacturer stating its origin, date of manufacture, constitution and

standards to which it complies and the test certificates.

Looping system of wiring shall be used. Wires shall not be jointed inside the

conduit or pull boxes. Where joints are unavoidable, they shall be made

through approved mechanical connectors with prior permission of

Employer/client.

Control switches shall be connected in the phase conductors only and

shall be 'ON' when knob is down. Switches shall be fixed in galvanized steel

boxes. Chromium plated screws shall be used.

Power wiring shall be distinctly separate from lighting wiring.

Each circuit phase wire from the distribution boards should be followed with a

separate neutral wire of the same size as the circuit wire.

Bunching of Wires: Wires carrying current shall be bunched so that the

outgoing and the return wires are drawn in the same conduit. Wires

originating from two different phases shall not run in the same conduit.

Drawing Conductors: The drawing and jointing of PVC insulated copper

conductor wires and cables shall be executed with due regard to the following

precautions. While drawing wires through conduits, care shall be taken to

Page 129: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 127 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

avoid scratches and kinks which cause breakage of conductors. There shall be

no sharp bends.

Insulation shall be shaved off like sharpening of a pencil and it shall not be

removed by cutting it square.

PVC insulated copper conductor wire ends shall be soldered (atleast 20 mm

length).

Strands of wires shall not be cut for connecting terminals. The terminals shall

have sufficient cross sectional area to take all strands and shall be

soldered. Connecting brass screws shall have flat ends. All looped joints shall

be soldered and connected through block/connectors. The pressure applied

to tighten terminal screws shall be just adequate, neither too much nor too

less. Conductors of all sizes shall always be terminated using cable sockets.

At all bolted terminals, brass flat washers of large area and approved steel

spring washers shall be used. Brass nuts and bolts shall be used for all

connections.

Only certified wiremen and cable jointers shall be employed to do jointing

work. All wires and cables shall bear the manufacturer's label and shall

be brought to site in original packing. For all internal wiring, PVC insulated

wires of 650/1100 volts grade shall be used. The sub-circuit wiring for point

shall be carried out in loop system and no joints shall be allowed in the length

of the conductors. If the use of joint connections are unavoidable due to any

specific reason, prior permission, in writing, shall be obtained from the

Employer/client. No wire shall be drawn into any conduit, until all work of

any nature, that may cause injury to wire, is completed. Care shall be taken in

pulling the wires so that no damage occurs to the insulation of wire. Before the

wires are drawn into the conduits, the conduits shall be thoroughly cleaned

of moisture, dust, dirt or any other obstruction by forcing compressed air

through the conduits. The minimum size of PVC insulated conductor wires

for all sub-circuit wiring for light points shall be 2.5 sq.mm.

Joints: All joints shall be made at main switches, distribution boards, socket

outlets, lighting outlets and switch boxes only. No joints shall be made in

conduits and in junction boxes. Conductors shall be continuous from outlet to

outlet.

Mains and Sub-Mains: Mains and sub-mains cables or wires where called for

shall be of the rated capacity and approved make. Every main and sub-main

wire shall be drawn through an independent adequate size conduit. An

independent earth wire of the proper rating shall be provided for every single

phase submain. For every 3-phase submain, 2 nos. earth wires of proper

Page 130: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 128 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

rating shall be provided alongwith the submain. The earth wires shall be

drawn inside the conduits along with the circuit main. Where mains and sub-

mains cables are connected to switchgear, sufficient extra lengths of cables

shall be provided to facilitate easy connections and maintenance.

Load Balancing: Load balancing of circuits in three phase installation shall be

planned before the commencement of wiring and shall be strictly adhered to.

Colour Code of Conductors: Colour code shall be maintained for the entire

wiring installation: red, yellow, blue for three phases, black for neutral,

green/yellow green for earthing. The control wire from light control switches to

the light/fan points shall be the same colour as that of the phase/circuit wires

feeding that particular loop.

Earthing: All earthing system shall be in accordance with IS 3043 - 1985 Code

of practice for Earthing. The type and size of earthing wire shall be as specified

under the heading of cables. Each conduit originating from the DB to various

outlets shall have one earth wire (PVC insulated green colour wire).

Testing of Installation: Before a completed installation is put into service,

the following tests shall be complied with Following:

Insulation Resistance

The insulation resistance shall be measured by applying 500 Volt megger with

all fuses in place, circuit breaker and all switches closed.

The insulation resistance in megohms of an installation measured shall not be

less than 50 megohms divided by the number of points in the circuit.

The insulation resistance shall be measured between

Earth to Phase

Earth to Neutral

Phase to Neutral

Earth Continuity Path: The earth continuity conductors shall be tested for

electrical continuity and the electrical resistance of the same along with the

earthing lead but excluding any added resistance or earth leakage circuit-

breaker, measured from the connection, with the earth electrode to any point

in the earth continuity conductor in the completed installation and shall not

exceed one ohm.

Polarity of Single Pole Switches: A test shall be made to verify that every

non-linked, single pole switch is connected to one of the phases of the supply

system.

Page 131: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 129 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

Completion Certificate: All the above tests shall be carried out in presence of

Construction Manager and the results shall be recorded in prescribed forms.

Any default during the testing shall be immediately rectified and that section of

the installation shall be retested. The completed test result forms shall be

submitted to the Employer/client.

On completion of an electric installation a certificate shall be furnished by the

contractor, countersigned by the certified supervisor under whose direct

supervision the installation was carried out. This certificate shall be in a

prescribed form as required by the local electric supply authority.

B] M.V.DISTRIBUTION BOARDS

1. SCOPE :

This section covers the design, manufacture, assembly, testing at

manufacturer's works, inspection, packing for transportation, delivery at

site, installation, connection, testing and commissioning of 415V switch

boards with guarantee of performance for a period of twelve (12) months from

the date of commissioning. The contractor shall provide all materials, labour,

equipment, scaffolding etc., as required for the completion of the job.

2. STANDARDS APPLICABLE

The following standards and rules shall be applicable:

The Distribution Boards shall comply with the latest edition of relevant

Indian Standards and Indian Electricity rules and regulations. The

following Indian Standards shall be complied with:

IS 4237-83 : General requirements for switch gear and control gear for

voltages not exceeding 1000V.

IS 5578-85 : Guide for marking of insulated conductors.

IS 11353-85 : Guide for uniform system of marking and identification of

conductors and apparatus terminals.

IS 2147-62 : Degree of protection provided by enclosures for low voltage

switch gear and control gear.

Page 132: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 130 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

IS 2675-83 : Enclosed distribution fuse boards and cutouts for voltages not

exceeding 1000V.

IS 2551-82 : anger notice plates.

IS 2516 : Circuit breakers Part 1. Requirements (Part I/Sec 1): and tests:

Section 1. Voltages not exceeding 1000V ac or 1200V dc.

IS 4064-78 : Air break switches, air break disconnectors, air break

switch disconnectors and fuse combination units for voltages not

exceeding 1000V ac or 1200V dc.

IS 1818-72 : Alternating current isolators (disconnectors) and earthing

switches.

IS 8623-77 : Factory built assemblies of switchgear and control gear for

voltages upto and including 1000V AC & 1200V DC.

IS 8828-78 : Miniature air break circuit breakers for voltages not exceeding

1000V.

IS 9926-81 : Fuse wires used in rewireable type electric fuses upto 650 Volts.

IS 8544-79 : Motor starters for voltages not exceeding 1000 Volt A.C.

or 1200 Volt D.C.

IS 2959-85 : Contactors for voltages not exceeding 1000 Volt A.C or 1200

Volts D.C

IS 9224-79 : Low Voltage fuses.

IS 12640-89 : Residual current operated circuit breakers.

IS 1248-83 : Direct acting indicating analogue (all parts) electrical measuring

instruments and their accessories.

IS 2705-81 : Current transformers. (all parts)

IS 4201-83 : Application guide for voltage transformers.

IS 8197-76 : Terminal markings for electrical measuring instruments and

their accessories.

Indian Electricity Act and Rules.

Page 133: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 131 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

3. 415V SWITCH BOARDS

The 415 volt switchboard shall be metal-clad, dead front totally enclosed, indoor

type, forming a self-supporting continuous board. The front portion of the

board shall have individual compartments arranged in tier formation to

accommodate draw-out type air-circuit-breakers. The back portion of the board

shall contain three-phase and neutral air-insulated busbars, cable

terminations, instrument transformers, etc. The busbars and all other

outgoing live terminals shall be protected to prevent accidental contact while

carrying out maintenance work.

4. DISTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENT

For single transformer load-centres, the panel shall accommodate one

transformer secondary circuit-breakerand specified number of outgoing circuit-

breakers all connected to the common busbar.

For two transformer load-center, the 415 volt bus shall be sectionalised and

each transformer shall be connected to the corresponding bus-section over

its secondary circuit-breakers. Bus-tie circuit breaker shall be provided

between adjacent bus sections and the outgoing switchgear distribution on each

bus-section shall be as specified.

5. 415 VOLT MAIN BUSBARS

Copper / Aluminium bus-bars shall be used. Busbars shall be made from

rectangular sections of high wrought aluminium alloy and the current density

shall not exceed 0.8 A / sq.mm and where copper sections are used the current

density shall not exceed 1.4 A / sq.mm.

The continuous current rating and the short circuit values which the main

bus bars are able to withstand shall be as per the requirements of the system

and as mentioned in SLD.

Page 134: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 132 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

The neutral bus bars shall be designed to carry 50 percent continuous current

rating of the main bus bars.

6. 415 VOLT CIRCUIT-BREAKERS

The circuit-breakers shall be triple-pole, air-break draw-out type. All current

carrying contacts of the breakers shall be silver plated. Arc-chute fitted on each

pole shall be easily removable for inspection of the main contacts. Inter-phase

barriers of proper design shall also be incorporated. All MCCB should be

ICS=100%ICU.

The plug connections of main and auxiliary circuit shall be fitted with self-

aligning contacts. The fixed position of the plug connections shall be easily

accessible for maintenance. Automatically operated shutters shall be provided

to screen the fixed portion of the plug when the breaker is fully withdrawn from

the cubicle.

The continuous current ratings of the various Circuit-Breaker units at specified

ambient temperature shall be as specified. The RMS Symmetrical breaking

capacity of the different air circuit-breakers shall be as follows, unless otherwise

specified:-

CURRENT RATING OF THE ACBs BREAKING CAPACITY RMS

SYMMETRICAL AT PF OF 0.2 TO 0.3

A A

200 15000

400 21000

630 36000

1000 36000

1600 36000

2500 36000

3200 50000

Page 135: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 133 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

7. OPERATING MECHANISM

The Circuit-breakers shall be either manually or electrically operated as

specified. For emergency closing and testing, the electrically operated breaker

shall be capable of manual closing. For manually operated breakers, manual,

independent-type closing mechanism shall be provided. If manual dependent

mechanism is provided then the breakers shall compulsorily have electrical

closing and tripping devices. All types of operating mechanisms shall be trip-

free throughout the breaker travel and designed to reduce mechanical shock to

a minimum during operation. All electrically operated breakers shall be provided

with mechanical/electrical anti-pumping device.

Each breakers shall be equipped with visible 'ON' and 'OFF' position

indicator on the front door of the compartment, mechanically connected to

the circuit- breaker mechanism. Separate ON and OFF indicating lamps also

shall be provided.

For electrically operated circuit-breakers, satisfactory operation shall be

guaranteed for closing the circuit-breakers with the operating voltage of the

drive, in the range of 85 to 110 percent of the rated voltage. The electrical

closing shall be either by solenoid or motor operated spring charged mechanism

suitable for 240 V AC.

The circuit-breaker shunt trip coil provided shall operate satisfactorily with

the operating voltage within the range of 70 t0 120 per cent of the rated

voltage. The shunt trip coil shall be suitable for 240 V AC. No separate control

source will be available as such capacitor trip Circuit shall be provided where

shunt tripping is proposed with protective relay so that ability to trip is not

impaired by momentary drop in voltage at the time of a fault.

Each circuit-breaker shall be provided with four (4) normally open and four

(4) normally closed spare auxiliary contacts in addition to the ones

already used for various control purposes. All auxiliary contacts shall be

wired internally up to the terminal block.

Page 136: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 134 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

All MCCB Accessories should be user friendly and site fixable and MCCB should

have defeat knob for door interlock.

8. INTERLOCKS

The switchgear shall be provided with all necessary interlocks designed to

prevent incorrect operation and to ensure safety of operating personnel and

also the equipment.

The moving portion of the circuit-breakers shall be so interlocked that with the

breaker closed it shall not be possible to isolate it from the connected position

or to plug it in from the isolated position.

Interlocking shall be provided to prevent operation of the circuit-breaker

unless it is fully plugged in or fully isolated and is locked correctly in

either position.

The circuit-breaker compartment doors shall be so interlocked as to prevent

access to a breaker which is in an energized and plugged in position. Special

means shall however be provided for undoing this interlock in an emergency.

Inadvertent withdrawal of a circuit-breaker movable unit too far beyond its

supports shall be prevented by a suitable mechanical stop.

The unit shall be provided with "test" position in which the circuit-breaker

main contacts are in the fully disconnected position with only the

secondary circuits remaining connected. All secondary connections including

control, signaling and metering circuits between the fixed and removable

sections shall be by means of flexible able and plug and socket arrangement.

9. PROTECTIVE DEVICES

The circuit-breakers shall be provided on each pole with any combination of

the following protective devices with ratings as called for in the specification:

Page 137: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 135 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

Direct acting over current tripping device with long time element having

inverse time current characteristic for protection against overloads and

instantaneous element for short-circuit tripping with alarm contact.

Direct acting over current tripping device with long time element having

inverse time current characteristic for protection against overloads and

short time element with definite time delay for short-circuit protection

with alarm contact.

Shunt tripping device with alarm contact.

Non-directional IDMT earth fault relay.

The under voltage tripping device when specified shall be designed for

the following operating conditions:

a) The circuit-breakers shall trip for voltage value set between 70 and 35

per cent of rated system voltage.

b) The under voltage relay shall not prevent manual closing of the circuit-

breaker above 85 percent of rated system voltage.

The CTs provided for protective devices shall have adequate VA capacity

and accuracy class of 10P10.

Release should be Microprocessor Based with Overload, Short Ckt &

Earth Fault.

Release should have facility of Zone Selectivity.

10. INSTRUMENTS AND METERS

Instruments, meters and relays shall be of flush-mounted design, housed

in dust-proof casing located in an accessible position on the breaker panel.

All incoming circuit-breaker units shall be provided with a voltmeter and

changeover switch on the live side for indicating the three-phase voltages and

ammeter with a changeover switch complete with C.Ts for measuring the

currents in all three phases. Ammeters with C.Ts and selector switches shall

also be provided for all outgoing feeders. For motor feeders the ammeter shall

Page 138: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 136 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

be provided with a normal scale up to full-load value and a suppressed scale

beyond full-load for indication of motor starting current. C.Ts provided for

ammeter shall have accuracy Class of 1.0 KWH meters, 15-minute maximum

demand indicators shall be provided, where specified.

11. CABLE TERMINALS

The cable terminal arrangement for incoming 415 volt circuit-breaker from

400 KVA transformer secondary and for all outgoing feeders shall be suitable

for single-core and multi-core aluminium conductor PVC insulated cables

of number, type and sizes as specified. The termination arrangement of

multiple cables shall permit connection and disconnection of each individual

cable without disturbing the other cables. For termination of cables

suitable lugs of proper size shall be provided. Where armoured cables are

to be terminated suitable armour clamps shall be provided.

12. LOW VOLTAGE BUS-DUCTS

Bus-ducts with 3 phase and neutral busbars shall be able to withstand

the short-circuit currents as specified in item 1.04 above. It shall be

designed for a rated voltage of 1,000 volts.

The bus-duct , if specified, shall be of metal-enclosed, dust and vermin

proof type divided into factory made sections suitable for easy assembly at

site. It shall be complete with mounting arrangement and all necessary

accessories required to make the installation complete.

The bus-duct, if specified shall have suitable side covers where required for

easy access to all the busbars. Space shall be provided within the bus-duct

for taking secondary wiring as required, The bus-bar supports and their

terminal connections shall be designed to permit expansion and contraction

of the bar with a variation in the site ambient temperatures. Throat

Page 139: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 137 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

connection with links shall be provided at the transformer terminal for easy

removal of transformer, when necessary.

13. ALARM AND INDICATION

Each load-center substation shall be provided with static audible and visible

alarm indication with alarm accept and cancellation device. The system shall

have arrangement for repeat alarm facilities as well as testing the alarm

circuits. The scheme shall be designed to give the following indications:

When any circuit-breaker trips on fault only

Temperature rise of winding

Earth fault indication

Provision shall be made for transmitting signals if required to remotely

located signaling system to indicate tripping of incoming circuit-breaker on

fault and operation of earth fault relay provided in the transformer neutral

circuit. Provision shall also be made to transmit the alarm and tripping signals

to 11 kV switchboard from which the transformer is fed or to a remote

signaling panel.

14. REMOTE CONTROL SCHEME FOR BREAKERS

For electrically operated circuit-breakers in addition to ON-OFF control switch

provided on the front side of the panel, provision shall be made where

required for remote closing and tripping of circuit-breakers from an external

control desk with arrangement to prevent closing of the breaker by the

control switch mounted on the front of the circuit-breaker cubicle.

15. OTHER CONSTRUCTIONAL FEATURES

All operating handles, control switches, push-buttons, indicating lamps,

instruments, meters etc shall be mounted on the front of the cubicles.

Page 140: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 138 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

The auxiliary relays for temperature alarm and tripping shall be mounted on

the incoming breaker panels. Terminal boards shall be provided at the

transformer sections for all control circuit taken out from the transformers.

All wiring from these terminal boards to the switchgear sections shall be

provided with the equipment.

All wiring within the cubicles shall be with PVC insulated cables and

shall be effectively protected from possible damage by electrical flashover.

As far as possible each essential control circuit shall be contained in the

respective cubicle. All wiring shall be such that it is easily identifiable and

accessible for maintenance.

For equipment earthing a suitable copper earthing bus shall be provided for

the complete length of the switch board and bonded to all the units

including the transformer and high tension cubicles. Proper terminals

shall be provided for external earth connections to be fully in conformity

with IER.

A suitable universal type truck shall be provided with each load-center

substation for withdrawing the breakers from the board. The trucks shall

have platforms of adequate mechanical strength for bearing the weight of

the circuit-breaker units and shall be provided with necessary guide rails

and stops. The height of the platform shall be adjustable to suit the levels at

which the different circuit-breakers are mounted on the switchboard.

Identification labels shall be provided for each circuit-breaker and control

devices to be located in readily visible positions.

All steelwork of each load-center substation shall undergo rust removal

procedure before application of primer and shall be given epoxy paint

finish of Aircraft Grey colour as per ISS Shade 693 or any other colour of

approved shade.

Page 141: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 139 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

The busbars of each unit substation shall be painted as per following norms:

A Phase - Red

B Phase - Yellow

C Phase - Blue

Insulated neutral - White

Earthed neutral - Black

ABC are the three phases of AC circuit with anti-clockwise vector rotation.

16. FINAL DISTRIBUTIONS: MCB, RCCB, RCBO

Miniature Circuit shall comply with latest relevant IS / IEC standard codes

i.e. IS-8828-1996 & IEC – 60898. Manufacture shall submit the relevant IEC

and IS certificates to client for reference and records. ISI Marked.

MCBs shall be quick make and quick break type, suitable for 230 / 415V AC

50 Hz application with magnetic thermal release for over current and short

circuit protection.

The breaking capacity (Icn) shall not be less than 10 kA, which is to be

suitably marked on the product. MCB shall not have load line biasing and line

and load can be terminated on either side of MCBs.

MCBs shall be classified as B, C or D type (ref IS standard) as per their

tripping characteristic curves defined by the manufacturer. The MCB shall

have minimum power loss (Watts) per pole defined as per the IS / IEC

and the manufacturer shall furnish these values.

All MCBs used on UPS circuit shall be D-Curve only. MCBs for general

lighting shall be C Curve and for heating loads like heater / geysers / socket

outlet shall be B curve.

17. CONSTRUCTION

The housing shall be made from heat resistant thermoplastic material and

shall have high impact strength. All 2P, 3P and 4P miniature circuit

Page 142: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 140 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

breakers shall have a common trip bar independent to the external operating

handle to ensure opening of all the poles simultaneously on faults.

The MCB shall be current limiting type (Energy Limitation Class – 3) and

it shall be clearly marked on the product. This shall reduce the electro-

dynamic stresses on conductors and insulation during short circuit faults,

thereby ensuring maximum safety to electrical network.

The terminals shall be protected against direct contact conforming to

IP2X Degree of protection to provide total safety to operating personnel.

MCBs terminals shall have provision for DUAL TERMINATION for mounting

bus bar as well as cables on the same side of MCBs. This shall eliminate the

chances of loose wiring. All the MCBs shall be suitable for connection through

a standard insulated copper bus bar.

MCBs shall have Positive Contact Indication and shall be suitable for

Isolation Duty as specified in IS. The internal contacts ON-OFF status of MCB

shall be displayed on front through a mechanical flag for showing true position

of contacts.

MCBs shall be suitable to accommodate accessories like Aux Contact, trip

Alarm contact, and under-voltage & Shunt Trip unit as required in the circuit.

The MCBs shall have pad locking facility to lock it in ON or OFF position.

18. RESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKERs

RCCB shall comply with latest to IS 12640 / IEC 61008 standards.

RCCB shall be current operated type and shall be independent of the

line voltage; current sensitivity shall be of 30 mA / 100mA / 300 mA at

240/415 volts AC as specified in BOQ.

Mechanical Operation

The moving contacts of the phases shall be mounted on a common

bridge, actuated by a rugged toggle mechanism. Hence, the closing

/opening of all the three phases and neutral shall occur simultaneously.

Page 143: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 141 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

This also shall ensure simultaneous opening of all the contacts under

tripping conditions.

Testing Provision

A test trip push button shall be provided on front face to check the

integrity of the earth leakage detection system and the tripping

mechanism healthiness.

Positive Contact Indication

Positive Contact Indication / True position of contacts inside RCCB shall

be displayed on front face through a mechanical flag showing RED color

for RCCBs contact ON and GREEN color for RCCB contacts OFF.

Fault Tripping Diagnosis

Mechanical flag indication shall be provided on front face of RCCB to

distinguish a Fault tripping from a manual switch OFF operation. Incase

RCCB has tripped on fault; a yellow color flag shall be displayed on front

to distinguish tripping from a manual switch OFF operation.

This shall facilitate maintenance person to identify the fault and take

corrective action at earliest.

Protection against Nuisance Tripping

All RCCBs used on UPS circuits shall be HIGH IMMUNITY type i.e.

they shall have an inbuilt filter to protect nuisance tripping due to high

level of harmonics due to presence of nonlinear loads like UPS, laptops,

computers, printers, photocopiers, HVAC drives etc.

TEST

All equipment shall be tested in accordance with the relevant clauses of

applicable standards. All internal wiring shall be checked for correct

operation before dispatch.

Page 144: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 142 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

C] M.V. CABLES AND CABLE TRAYS

1. SCOPE OF WORK :

This section covers the supply, installation storing, laying, fixing, jointing /

termination, testing and commissioning of Medium Voltage PVC insulated or

XLPE insulated PVC Sheathed armored aluminium/copper conductor cables

laid in built up trenches, directly buried underground, on cable trays, in

pipes, clamped directly to wall or structures etc. as called for in the

drawing. The contractor shall provide all materials, labour, equipments,

scaffoldings etc., as required for the completion of M.V. Cables, Cable Trays

etc., as called for.

2. STANDARDS APPLICABLE

The following standards and rules shall be applicable.

IS 1554-88 : PVC insulated (heavy duty) electric cables Part I for

working voltages upto and including 1100V.

IS 8130-84 : Conductors for insulated electric cables and flexible

cords.

IS 3961-67 : Recommended current ratings for cables: (Part 2): PVC

insulated a PVC sheathed heavy duty cables.

IS 5831-84 : PVC insulation and sheath of electric cables.

IS 7098-89 : Cross linked polyethylene insulated PVC sheathed

cables.

The individual cores shall have continuous numbering of

the core all along its length and also be provided with

identification ferrules at both ends. Individual control

cables shall have 20% spare cores.

FRLS cables shall be used for fire protection system

controls to prevent flame propagation, smoke reduction

and to avoid toxic gas emission in the event of a fire.

Page 145: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 143 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

FRLS compound shall be tested rigorously for oxygen

index as per ASTM D2863, acid gas generation to IEC

754-1, smoke density to ASTM D 2843 and flammability

to SS 424 1475 class F3, IEEE 383 and IEC 332-1.

Manufacturer’s name, ISI Mark, cable size and type shall

be clearly embossed at regular intervals on all cables.

3. TYPE AND QUALITY

Medium voltage cables shall be circular, multicore annealed copper or

aluminium conductor, PVC insulated, PVC sheathed and steel wire armoured

or steel tape armoured construction or unarmoured. The conductors of cable

shall be stranded. Sector shaped stranded conductors shall be used for cables

of 50 sq.mm size and above. The cables shall conform to IS: 1554 part-I in all

respects.

M.V power cables shall have 3, 3.5 or 4 cores, as required and shall have

conductors made from electrical purity aluminium conductors conforming to

IS: 8130 - 84.

Conductors shall be insulated with high quality PVC base compound.

Insulation and outer sheathing compounds shall conform to IS 5831 – 84.

A common covering shall be applied over the laid-up cores by an extruded

sheath of un-vulcanised rubber compound.

Armouring of galvanised round steel wires or galvanised flat steel strips shall

be provided over the inner sheath.

Outer sheath of PVC shall be extruded over the armouring. Cables shall be

manufactured and tested in accordance with IS 1554.

Unless otherwise specified, all control cables shall be multicore, 1100V grade

PVC insulated, armoured and overall PVC sheathed with stranded copper

conductors of 2.5 sq.mm, conforming to IS 1554. Cores shall be identified

by colour scheme of PVC insulation.

Page 146: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 144 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

4. RATING :

The cables shall be rated for a voltage of 650/1100 Volts.

Core Identifications: Cores shall be provided with the following colour scheme

of PVC insulation:

1. Single Core : Green yellow for earthing.

2. Two Cores : Red and Black, Blue & Black, Yellow & Black.

3. Three Cores : Red, Yellow & Blue

4. Four Core : Red, Yellow, Blue & Black

5. INSPECTION

All cables shall be tested inspected at manufacturer’s works. However upon

receipt at site cables shall be checked for physical damages during transit.

6. JOINTS IN CABLES

The contractor shall take care to see that all the cables received at site are

apportioned to various locations in such a manner as to ensure maximum

utilisation and avoidance of straight cable jointing. This apportioning shall

be got approved by the Construction Manager. Before the cables are cut to

lengths.

Where straight joints in cable are unavoidable, the use and location of such

straight joints shall be got approved by Construction Manager.

7. JOINTING BOXES FOR CABLES

Cable joint boxes shall be of appropriate size, suitable for PVC insulated

armoured cables of particular voltage rating.

8. JOINTING CABLES

All cable joints shall be made in suitable, approved cable joint boxes,

jointing of cables in the joint boxes and the filling in of compound

Page 147: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 145 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

shall be done in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and in an

approved manner. All straight joints shall be done in epoxy mould boxes

with epoxy resin only of makes/types as indicated in the list of approved

makes. All terminal leads of conductors shall be heavy soldered upto at

least 50mm length.

All cables shall be joined colour to colour and tested for continuity and

insulation resistance before jointing commences. The seals of cables shall

not be removed until preparations for jointing are completed. Joints shall be

finished on the same day as commenced and sufficient protection from the

weather shall be arranged. The conductors shall be efficiently

insulated with high voltage insulating tape and by using preaders of

approved size and pattern. The joints shall be completely filled with epoxy

compound and taped so as to ensure that the box is properly filled.

Epoxy compound shall be filled as follows:

Equal quantities of resin and hardener shall be mixed thoroughly by hand

until the mixture is free from white patches and has uniform colour. No

water, oil or any other liquid shall be added to the mixture to make it soft as

is will affect the properties of the compound. The mixture shall be used

within 30-40 minutes of mixing. The on which epoxy compound is to be

used, shall be free from dust, rust, oil, grease and shall be dry. The joint

neither be disturbed nor moved till the epoxy compound is completely

hardened. A smooth surface can be made by rubbing a damp cloth smoothly

on the compound before it sets. The joints shall be painted after they have

completely hardened.

Alternatively, ready mix of epoxy cable jointing compound may also be used.

In all cases manufacturer’s recommendations shall be strictly adhered to.

Page 148: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 146 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

9. CABLE MARKERS

All underground cables and cable joints shall be marked on the surface by

markers generally manufactured and tested to the requirements of relevant

Bureau of Indian Standards. Approved CI cable markers shall be provided

at every 30m along the route of the cables and at both ends of road

crossing, indicating cable joints and cables as applicable. Special CI

markers shall be provided at all buried cable joints indicating "Electrical

Cable Joints". CI plates duly engraved with the size of the cable and the

place it serves shall be tied to the cable at regular intervals of 5m for easy

identification of cables.

10. TERMINATION OF CABLES

Cable termination shall be done in terminal box or cable end box or

distribution boards, or apparatus/equipments. Terminations are to be made

with Mechanical and glands be tinned/nickel plated, anti-corrosive, three

piece improved pattern which is to grip inner and outer PVC sheaths as well

as the armour of the cable. The cable ends or the core conductor are to be

connected by solderless lugs or sockets using crimping tool of approved

make for all cables.

All terminations of cable conductors and base conductors shall be

mechanically and electrically sound and shall comply with the requirements

of IEE regulations.

The connectors or connecting sockets are to have such dimensions so as to

limit temperature rise.

When required the water tightness of the terminal boxes may be obtained by

filling with a compound preferably plastic flame-retarding and non-dripping

type within the normal range of temperatures.

When the cable is cut during the course of installation the open ends are to

be sealed immediately by means of self-adhesive non-hygroscopic tape over

Page 149: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 147 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

a wax water seal to make an air and watertight joint.

11. INSTALLATION OF CABLES

Cable shall be laid in a manner as indicated on the drawings. Generally

cables are laid in the following manner.

i. In the underground masonry trench.

ii. On the cable tray/or on cable ladders.

iii. Buried underground.

iv. Through pipe sleeves.

Various installation methods are discussed in the following paragraphs.

Cables shall be laid by skilled and experienced workmen using adequate

rollers to minimize stretching of the cable. The cable drums shall be placed

on jacks before unwinding the cable. The cable drums shall be rotated in

the direction as indicated by the manufacturer. Care shall be exercised in

laying cables to avoid forming kinks. The drums shall be unrolled and

cables run over wooden rollers, placed at intervals not exceeding two (2)

meters.

12. GENERAL

All cables shall be adequately protected against any risk of mechanical

damage to which they may be liable in normal conditions of service.

When cables pass through holes in metal work, precautions shall be

taken to prevent abrasion of the cables on any sharp edges.

In every vertical cable ladder, channel, duct, trunking or cable trench

containing cables and exceeding three meters in length, internal barriers

shall be provided so as to prevent the air at the top of the unit from

attaining an excessively high temperature. In every vertical cable shaft,

cable trench or any passage of cable through wall, ceiling, floor barriers

Page 150: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 148 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

against spread of fire and smoke shall be provided for compliance with

IEE regulations.

Where cable passes through walls, ceiling, floor, it shall run through sleeves

of PVC pipes or hume pipes of adequate diameter. After pulling the cable

through sleeves, both the ends of the sleeves shall be sealed water tight

with fire-resistant material to prevent spread of fire and seepage of water.

Generally along each cable route either in trench or in cable trays/ladders

or in pipe separate Two Nos. of earth strips/wires shall run exposed.

Where an installation comprises medium voltage cables as well as extra low

voltage circuits, precaution shall be taken in accordance with IEE

regulations and shall be physically separated by minimum of 300mm

distance.

Metal sheaths and armour of all cables, metal conduits, ducts, trunking,

and bare earth continuity conductors associated with such cables, which

might otherwise come into fortuitous contact with other fixed metal work

shall be effectively bonded there to earth so as to prevent appreciable

potential difference at such possible points of contact.

If it is necessary to install cables in a situation where flammable

and/or explosive dust, flammable volatile liquid/vapor/gas is likely to be

present or where explosive materials are handled or stored, the cabling

shall be as per IEE regulations.

13. UNDERGROUND INSTALLATIONS

The cables shall be laid in an excavated trench. The depth of the trench shall

be minimum 750mm. below the final ground level but shall be decided on the

number of cables to be laid in the trench so that the vertical distance between

two adjacent layers of cables shall not be less than 350mm. The width of the

trench shall be decided on the number of cables to be laid in the trench so that

Page 151: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 149 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

the distance between two adjacent cables shall not be less than one able

diameter.

Before laying cables the bottom of the trench shall be well compacted and the

cables shall be laid on a 100mm fine sand bedding. The second layer of

150mm of fine sand then be spread over the cable and shall be further

covered by 150mm of compacted soil. For the second layer of the cable same

procedure shall be repeated.

The cables shall be protected by placing precast concrete tiles or burnt

bricks over the cables on top layer of sand and for the full length of

underground cables. Where more than one cable is running in the same

trench, the concrete tiles/bricks shall cover all the cables and shall project

a minimum of 80mm on either side of the cables.

In any case the top layer of the cables shall be minimum 600mm below the

finished level of the ground.

The top of the cable trench shall be well compacted till the finished level of

the ground and shall be approved by the Construction Manager. If required

a laboratory compaction test shall be carried out in presence of the

Construction Manager.

H.V., M.V., cables shall not be laid in the same trench/cable tray and/or

alongside of water main.

Cables under road crossings and any surfaces subjected to heavy traffic shall

be protected by running them through hume pipes of suitable size.

The relative position of the cables laid in the same trench shall be preserved

and the cables shall not cross each other as far as possible. At all changes in

direction in horizontal and vertical planes, the cable shall be bent smooth

with a radius of bend not less than 15 times the diameter of the cable.

Minimum 3meters long loop shall be provided at both sides of every straight

joint and 5 meters at each end of the cable. Distinguishing marks shall be

made at the cable ends for identification.

Page 152: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 150 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

Insulation tapes of appropriate voltage and in red, yellow, and blue colors shall

be wrapped just below the sockets for phase identification.

All the excavation and back fill including timbering, shoring, and pumping

required for the installation of the cables shall be carried out as indicated on

the drawing and as per requirements laid down elsewhere or as per

Construction Manager’s direction. Trenches shall be dug true to line and

grades. Back fill for trenches shall be filled in layers not exceeding 150mm. At

each layer compaction test shall be carried out in presence of Construction

Manager. Each layer shall be properly rammed and consolidated before laying

the next layer. The contractor shall restore all surfaces, roadways, side

walls, curbs, walls, landscaping or other works cut for excavation to

their original condition, the satisfaction of the Construction Manager.

Suitable approved type cable markers shall be installed along the cable route

& where change of direction takes place.

14. CABLES INSTALLED INSIDE THE BUILDING

The cables inside the building shall be installed in one of the following

manner, as indicated in the drawing and approved by the Construction

Manager.

15. INSTALLED IN BUILT-UP TRENCH

The cables laid on the bottom of the structural trenches shall not lie

freely upon the trench bottom. They shall be raised to prevent the possibility

of their coming into contact with deleterious materials.

The cables laid in the trench shall be laid on angle iron brackets/cable

tray/cable ladder/cable troughs/cable racks as indicated on the drawings,

and as approved by the Construction Manager. Where cables are clamped to

the wall a minimum clearance of 100mm shall be maintained between wall

and cable and minimum 150mm vertical clearance shall be maintained

Page 153: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 151 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

between two cables. Where cables are laid on brackets the brackets shall

not be fixed more than 500mm apart to avoid sag in the cables, where the

cables are laid on cable tray/ladder/troughs/racks, minimum 300mm

distance shall be observed between adjacent tier of tray/ladder/

troughs/racks, and cable shall be fixed minimum 25mm away from the

wall, and minimum of one cable diameter distance shall be observed between

two adjacent cables. Cables shall be properly fixed with the

tray/ladder/troughs/racks with cable tie or saddles or straps.

16. CABLES ON CABLE TRAYS/LADDERS UNDER THE CEILING OR ON

WALL

Where cables are installed under/above suspended ceiling or below ceiling

or on wall, they shall be laid on a perforated G.I. cable tray/ladder type cable

tray and shall be run in such positions that they are not liable to be

damaged by contact with the floor or the ceiling or other fixtures.

The cable tray/ladder shall be properly fixed with tie rod to the ceiling. The

concrete inserts for fixing the tie of shall be put in place while casting the slab.

If insert plates are not placed in position, Anchor fasteners shall be fastened to

support cable trays. The cable tray route shall be coordinated with other

services to avoid crisscross of all the services.

While laying the cables on the tray minimum one cable diameter distance shall

be observed between two adjacent cables. 25% space shall be kept spare for

any future installation.

The trays shall be made of 16 SWG/12 SWG G.I. perforated sheet having

minimum 50mm depth. The width of perforation shall be maximum 10mm

spaced at maximum 20mm distance. The width of the cable tray shall be

selected so as to accommodate required number of cables to be laid on it, with

minimum separation of minimum one cable diameter between two adjacent

Page 154: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 152 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

cables. The cables shall be tied with the cable tray with nylon strip.

17. CABLES INSTALLED IN THE MECHANICAL ROOM

The cable reaching the motors in the mechanical room or plant room or

machines room or service area shall be laid on cable tray except where

indicated in masonry underground trenches.

The cable reaching the motors shall be protected by rigid galvanized conduits

up to a height of 300mm above the floor.

Above that height, the cable shall be protected by means of oil tight flexible

metallic G.I. conduits to the terminal box of the motor. The connection

between the rigid conduit and the flexible conduit shall be done by a rewett

coupling of an approved type.

The flexible conduit shall be properly fixed with the terminal box of the motor

by means of double hexagonal check nut.

18. CABLE TRAY/LADDER TRAY

GI Cable tray shall be manufactured to comply with the specifications of

National Electrical Code (NEC) and National Electrical Manufacturer's

Association (NEMA).

Cable trays shall be of steel as per IS 226 and galvanised and the

thickness of galvanisation shall be not less than 110 microns. All bolts nuts

and washers shall also be galvanised and shall conform to IS 1363- 60 for

quality, threading and dimensions before galvanising. Hot dip galvanising

shall conform to IS 2633 Galvanising of each member shall be carried out in

one complete immersion. The galvanising shall be uniform, clear, smooth,

continuous and free from acid spots. Quality of zinc used for galvanising shall

be of 98.8% purity.

Page 155: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 153 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

Cable trays shall generally be of the following type:

Perforated cable trays shall be generally of channel type and the perforations

in the trays shall be either 8 x 15mm or 10 x 20mm oval holes. Control cables,

extra low voltage cables and instrument cables shall be laid on perforated

cable trays.

Ladder type cable trays shall be made out of 50x50x 6mm slotted M.S. angles

for the rungs and channels for the side rails. Pitch of the rungs shall be not

more than 250mm center to center. Rungs shall be welded to the side rails.

Cable trays shall be of standard sizes:

Length 2500mm

Width 300/450/600/800/1000mm as required.

Flange of perforated tray 75/100mm

Height of side rail (ladder type) 75mm

Thickness of sheet steel - 2.0mm to 3.0mm as per width of tray.

The flange and width of the cable trays shall be decided based on the diameter

and the number of cables running through each section of the cable tray.

19. Accessories for Cable Trays

Following accessories of cable trays, as required, shall be supplied with the

cable trays.

Coupler plates

90 deg bends - Horizontal and Vertical.

Tees - Horizontal and Verticals.

i. for power cables of medium

Voltage and high voltage

Ladder type with slotted angles.

ii. for control cables and Low

voltage cables

Perforated sheet extra steel slotted

angle type.

Page 156: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 154 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

Reducers

4-way cross

Tray covers

Fasteners.

Accessories also shall be hot dip galvanised, thickness of galvanising being

not less than 110 microns.

20. TESTING

Prior to laying cables, and prior to energizing the cables, following tests

shall be carried out :-

Insulation Resistance test between phases and phase to neutral and phase to

earth.

Continuity test of all the phases, neutral and earth continuity conductor.

Sheathing continuity tests.

Earth resistance test of all the phases and neutrals

All tests shall be carried out in accordance with relevant Indian Standard

Code of practice and Indian Electricity Rules. The Contractor shall provide

necessary instruments, equipments and labour for conducting the above

test and shall bear all expenses in connection with such tests. All tests shall

be carried out in the presence of the Construction Manager and results

shall be recorded in the prescribed forms.

21. STORING

All the cables shall be supplied in drums. On receipt of cables at site, the

cables shall be inspected and stored in drums with flanges of the cable

drum in vertical position. The end of the cable shall be sealed for water

tightness.

Page 157: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 155 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

D. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR L.T PANEL BOARDS

PART A: GENERAL

The work described herein shall in all respects be carried out in accordance

with the current Engineering Practices, and / or in compliance with this

Specification Document, in the most economical manner, and to the

satisfaction of Client.

All the instructions and obligations as prescribed in this document shall be

strictly adhered to, and shall be observed as a matter of procedure.

1. SCOPE

This specification covers the Technical Requirements for Equipment, Materials

and Installation Methods, associated with Design, Manufacture, Testing at

works, Supply and subsequent Erection and Testing associated with the

electrical work at site.

The contractor shall be responsible for the supply of materials as defined in

the Bill of Quantity and Unit Rates, as well as assistance during Testing and

Commissioning at site for all the Equipment described in Bill of quantity.

The work of the Contractor shall include, but not necessarily be limited to the

following activities; so as to ensure that the entire installation is not only in

accordance with the designs and drawings, but also complies with the

statutory requirements; including reliability and safety aspects.

The activities of the Contractor to name a few, shall cover the following:

Detail engineering of panel boards as specified.

Manufacturing of panel boards.

Testing of equipments at manufacturer’s works.

Loading of all the equipments at manufacturer’s work.

Supply of materials at site as per the Bill given including all taxes / packing /

forwarding / insurance etc.

Unloading all the equipments at site and shifting to basement floor of electrical

room of the substation.

Providing assistance during testing and commissioning at site.

Page 158: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 156 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

Handing over, after demonstrating the satisfactory performance and/or

operation of the Equipment, including such interfaces / interactions which the

equipment will have, with respect to others.

A Set of ‘As-built’ drawings (hard copy as well as soft copy), Instruction and

O&M Manual.

2. STANDARDS

The equipment and accessories covered by this specification shall be designed,

manufactured and tested in compliance with the latest relevant standards

published by the Indian Standards Institute wherever available in order that

specific aspects under Indian conditions are taken care of.

The equipment shall also conform to the latest Indian Electricity rules as

regards safety, earthing and other essential provisions specified therein for

installation and operation of electrical plants and shall conform to the

requirements and approval of:

i) Fire Insurance Association.

ii) Indian Electricity Rules and Relevant Indian Standard Codes.

iii) Electrical Inspectors.

iv) SEB

v) Client Engineers

The design, identification, manufacturing and testing of equipment shall

comply with the latest edition of the relevant standards and codes of practice,

some of which are given below:

IS : 4237 General requirements for switchgear and control gear for

voltages not exceeding 1000 V.

IS : 375 Switchgear busbars, main connection and auxiliary wiring,

marking and arrangement.

Page 159: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 157 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

IS : 2147 Degree of protection provided by enclosures for low voltage

switchgear and control gear.

IS : 8197 Terminal marking for electrical measuring instrument and their

accessories.

IS : 2551 Danger notice plates

IS : 2516 Specifications for A.C. circuit breaker

IS : 9921 Specifications for A.C. isolator and earthing switch

IS : 10118 Code of Practice for installation and maintenance of switchgear.

IS : 8623 Specification for factory built assemblies of switchgear and

control gear for voltage upto and including 1000 V A.C. and

1200 V D.C.

IS : 8828 Miniature circuit breakers.

IS : 2516 Air circuit breaker

IS : 4064 Fuse switch and switch fuse unit.

IS : 9224 HRC fuse links

IS : 2705 Current transformer

IS : 3155 Voltage transformer

IS : 3231 Electrical relay for protection

IS : 1248 Indicating instrument

IS : 722 Integrating instrument

IS : 6875 Control switches and push buttons

IS : 2959 Auxiliary contactor

IS : 1822 A.C. motor starters of voltage not exceeding 1000 V

Page 160: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 158 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

Indian Electricity Act and Rules (as amended up to date) and approval of FIA

of India.

The Panels also require approval of the client at various stage of their

manufacture such as design, selection, construction, testing, shipping etc.

3. DRAWINGS, TEST CERTIFICATES, ETC.

All drawings, test certificates, instructions etc. shall be in English language

and all dimensions and weights shall be in metric units.

With Tender:

The tenderer shall submit general arrangement drawings with cross-sections

as required, showing overall dimensions of the equipment together with the

approximate weights of each unit.

Manufacturers’ Drawings:

The contractor shall submit for approval all layout, general arrangement and

sectional drawings as required, before commencing manufacture of equipment.

These drawings shall be submitted in triplicate of which one (1) set shall be

returned to the Contractor with the Purchaser’s or his Client’s approval and/or

comments within five working days.

After obtaining approval of the above drawings, the contractor shall supply five

(5) sets of all the certified drawings including the following:

a) Single Line Diagram

b) Dimensioned drawings showing front, rear and sectional views and

indicating positions of all accessories and fittings.

c) General arrangement drawings showing methods of assembly and dis-

assembly of each equipment.

Page 161: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 159 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

d) Details of operating mechanisms, mounting arrangement etc of the

equipment specified.

e) Schematic circuit diagram / wiring diagram / terminal block details.

f) Control logic scheme

g) Complete drawings of separately mounted equipment, if any.

h) Bill of materials with manufacturer catalogue / product number, rating,

type etc.

All the above drawings shall be supplied in accordance with a Bill to be

approved by the Purchaser / Client.

Drawings, Instructions and Test Certificates with Equipment.

The contractor shall supply five (5) copies each of the following with the

delivery of the equipment:

a) Sets of instructions for proper erection and assembly of all equipment.

b) Sets of instructions for operation and maintenance of the equipment and

controls.

c) Sets of list of spare parts with manufacturer’s catalogue wherever

available.

‘AS-BUILT’ Drawings: During the progress of work the contractor should

prepare As-Built drawings showing deviation/alteration from construction

drawings and on completion of the work, the contractor shall supply five (5)

sets of prints of all such electrical drawings properly laminated as well as one

CD.

Page 162: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 160 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

4. INFORMATION TO BE FURNISHED BY THE TENDERER:

The tenderer shall furnish all such essential technical information as are

required for proper assessment of the equipment offered including filled up

data sheets as asked for in the tender. The successful tenderer will have to

furnish complete technical data of the equipment covered under the equipment

specification.

- Panel manufacturer shall be an authorized OEM or approved manufacturer

of the approved and finally selected switchgear & control gear

manufacturer.

- Manufacturer should have in house sufficient manufacturing facility of

electrical panel boards as well as adequate qualified and experience

personnel as required.

- Manufacturer must have executed nos. of similar type and magnitude of

works.

Manufacturer has to submit all relevant details / documents / papers for all

above requirements. If any bidder fails to comply with the above requirement

or not furnishing the details will be liable to reject.

PART-B: TECHNICAL

1. GENERAL

This specification covers the manufacture, testing, supply, providing

assistance during testing and commissioning at site of all the equipments

supplied as indicated in the scope, specification, bill of quantity, drawings and

standards.

2. DESIGN BASIS

2.1 All equipment shall be designed for operating in tropical humid climate at

the required capacity in an ambient air temperature of 45C maximum and

Page 163: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 161 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

40C average over 24 hours. The derating of all equipment shall be done for an

ambient temperature of 40C maximum. Relative humidity of 95% shall also

be taken into consideration for design of equipment.

2.2 All equipment shall be complete with approved safety devices wherever a

potential hazard to personnel exists and with provision for safe access of

personnel to and around equipment for operational and maintenance

functions. The design shall include all reasonable precautions and provisions

for the safety of operating and maintenance personnel.

2.3 The control circuit voltage adopted shall be 230V AC for contactors,

auxiliary relays, instruments, indicating lamps etc.

2.4 If any equipment / component is required to operate at a voltage other

than those specified above, the necessary transformers and / or converter

equipment shall be included in the scope of supply of the contractor.

2.5. Special care shall be taken to make the enclosed equipment proof against

entry of rats, lizards and other creeping reptiles that may create short circuit

inside the live equipment.

3. SPECIFICATION FOR 415V PANEL BOARD

i. GENERAL

Medium voltage panel board shall be metal enclosed welded construction free

standing compartmentalised dust and vermin proof modular type suitable for

indoor installation. The panel board shall be single front comprising of fixed

compartments but air circuit breakers shall be fully drawout type. The panel

shall be extensible at both ends. The degree of protection shall be IP 51 as per

IS: 2147 preferably with neoprene gasket.

The electrical panel shall be placed on suitable ISMB having minimum height

on 100MM. The frame shall be fabricated from 14 SWG CRCA sheet steel. The

doors / covers and Partitions shall be of 16 SWG and gland plate shall be

Page 164: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 162 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

minimum 10 SWG only. CRCA sheets used for fabrication shall be cleaned, de-

rusted, de-phosphated, de-greased by seven tank process before fabrication.

Joints of any kind in sheet metal shall be seam welded and all welding slag

ground off and welding pits wiped smooth with plumber metal.

All openings, covers and doors shall be provided with neoprene gaskets around

the perimeters.

A base channel of 100mm height shall be provided at the bottom throughout

the length of the panel board.

The panel shall be accessible both from front and rear side by hinged doors.

No operating switches shall be provided above 1800mm or below 300mm from

the bottom of the panel board. Total Height of panel board shall not exceed

2100mm.

Nameplate for panel board, feeders, bus sections etc. shall be provided.

Nameplate or polyester adhesive stickers shall be provided for lamps, push

buttons, switches, relays etc. mounted on the switchboard. Special danger

warning plates shall be provided on removable covers or doors of cable alley

and bus bar chamber. Engraved nameplate shall be of anodised aluminium.

The panel shall be painted with powder coating. The paint shade of internal as

well as external surface shall be shade 631 of IS: 5.

All the Paints & Adhesives used for the equipments and during execution work

at site should have Low VOC content as recommended by LEEDs.

The panel shall be provided with door operated cubicle illumination lamp and

thermostat controlled space heater with switch.

A common hooter shall be provided for indication of trip faults operated by

230V AC. Push buttons shall be provided for acceptance and reset purpose.

Hooters shall conform to IS: 2268.

Suitable lifting hooks for each shipment section shall be provided for handling.

Page 165: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 163 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

Each circuit breaker unit shall be housed in separate compartments and shall

be enclosed on all sides. Sheet steel hinged lockable door shall be duly

interlocked with the breaker in `ON’ and `OFF’ position.

All instruments and indicating lamp shall be mounted on the compartment

door. Sheet steel barriers shall be provided between the tiers in a vertical

section.

Separate adequate compartment shall be provided for accommodating

protection relays, instruments, indicating lamps, control contactors / relays

and control fuses etc. These components shall be accessible for testing and

maintenance without any danger of accidental contact with live parts of the

switchgear / control-gear, busbar and connections.

ii. BUS BAR

The bus bar shall be made of Electrolatic grade Aluminum /Copper as

specified in Single Line Diagram. The main horizontal bus bars shall be

housed in the top chamber of each cubicle running throughout length of the

board unless otherwise specified. Each cubicle section shall be provided with

vertical bus bars serving feeder modules and of adequate rating of each

section.

For Aluminum busbar, Main bus bars shall be three phases and neutral

(100% of Phase). The size of the bus bars shall be so selected that the current

density in each phase shall not exceed 0.8 amp per sq. mm. It shall be ensured

that temperature rise of bus bar shall not exceed 85C in normal condition and

200C under short circuit.

The insulators shall be SMC/DMC. The structural supports shall be able to

withstand mechanical stresses developed during short circuit condition of 50

kA current. Calculations of temperature rise and stress under short circuit

shall be furnished. In the calculation, upgrading by black painting or PVC

Page 166: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 164 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

sleeves should not be taken into account. The calculations shall be furnished

by the contractor for approval of Engineer-in-Charge.

The clearance of bus bars between phases and between phase and earth shall

be maintained as per IS. The bus bars shall be sleeved by heat shrinkable PVC

sleeve excluding joints. Colour of PVC sleeves for phase bus bars shall be red,

yellow and blue and that of neutral shall be black.

All busbar connections shall be done by drilling holes in busbars and

connecting by chromium plated or tinned plated brass bolts and nuts.

Additional cross-section of busbar shall be provided in all Panels to cover up

the holes drilled in the busbar. Spring and flat washers shall be used for

tightening the bolts.

All connections between busbars and circuit breakers / switches and cable

terminals shall be through copper strips of proper size to carry full rated

current. These strips shall be insulated with insulating tapes.

Panel to panel entry of bus bar shall be effectively sealed by electrical and

thermal insulation barriers so that products of flashover do not travel

from one part of the panel to another part creating multiple faults.

iii. WIRING

All control and auxiliary wiring shall be done by using 650/1100V grade PVC

insulated stranded 1.5 sq. mm. copper conductor FRLS wires excluding CT

circuits. CT circuits shall be made using minimum 2.5 sq. mm. copper wire.

CT circuits shall be shorted using links if not in use.

All wires shall be bunched and clamped to the body to good engineering

practice and in a presentable manner. Wires shall run through flexible PVC

conduit / trunking, wherever run through intersection of panel sections. All

wires shall be properly marked by PVC ferrule at both ends as per wiring

diagram and properly terminated in the terminal blocks.

Page 167: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 165 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

Both power and control wiring shall be brought out in cable alley for easy of

external connections and maintenance.

iv. TERMINAL BLOCK

Terminal blocks for control and auxiliary wiring shall be clip on type suitable

to accommodate 6 sq. mm. Cable and for higher rating shall be stud type

only. Terminals for power and control shall preferable be separated from each

other by suitable barriers. Each terminal block shall have identification

number marked in accordance with wiring diagram / terminal details. At least

20% spare terminals shall be left in each terminal block for client’s use.

Terminals for power and control shall preferable be separated from each other

by suitable barriers.

v. AIR CIRCUIT BREAKERS (ACB)

CONSTRUCTION:

The ACBs shall have following features:

- 230V A.C closing and shunt trip coil

- Electrically Draw-out type with "service", "test", "isolated" and

"maintenance" position (for Electro-mechanical interlocking).

- Safety shutter of Fiber glass / polycarbonate sheet of 2mm thickness

shall be provided

- Mechanically trip free plus anti-pumping feature is to be provided.

- Electrical trip free plus anti pumping shall be provided with relay ONLY

and not by contactors.

- Electrical/Mechanical operation counter shall be provided.

- Door interlock with defeat features to be provided.

- Interlocking shall be provided to prevent operation of ACB unless it is

locked in isolation / test / service position.

Page 168: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 166 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

- Circuit breaker shall be provided with mechanical ON-OFF indicator and

number of operation indicator clearly visible from outside.

- The operating mechanism shall be motor wound spring charged. The

spring charging motor shall be universal type suitable for 230V AC. The

closing spring shall be automatically charged after closing of breaker for

next cycle of operation as well as the tripping spring will be fully

charged. A mechanical indication for ‘Spring charged / discharged’ shall

be provided which shall be visible from outside.

- The operating sequence of circuit breaker shall be O – 0.3 sec – CO – 3

min – CO.

- Manual emergency trip push button and manual spring charging

mechanism shall be provided.

- Circuit breakers shall be provided with 4 NO+ 4 NC auxiliary contacts

exclusively for client’s use.

- The circuit breaker rating shall be as per SLD and it shall comply with

the technical parameters specified elsewhere.

- The electrical contacts of the circuit breaker shall be of high conducting

non-deteriorating silver alloy contacts.

- Air Circuit Breakers shall fully confirm to IEC60947-2 / IS 13947-2

standard

- The circuit breakers shall be for continuous rating without line-load

restriction at 55 deg.C and Short Circuit Breaking Capacity (Ics) shall be

as specified on the single line diagram and shall be equal to the Short

Circuit Withstand (Icw/1sec) values. (Ics) value upto 2500A rating shall

be 50kA where as for 3200A & above rating it shall be 80kA. Circuit

breaker shall be designed to ‘close’ and ‘trip’ without opening the circuit

breaker compartment door. The operating handle and the mechanical

Page 169: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 167 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

trip push button shall be at the front of the breakers panel and integral

with the breaker.

- Racking handle should be integral part of ACB and should have

padlocking facility to prevent un-authorised racking in / out.

vi. CRADLE

The cradle shall be so designed and constructed as to permit smooth

withdrawal and inspection of the breaker into it. The movements shall be free

from jerks, easy to operate and shall be steel balls/rollers and not on flat

surfaces.

There shall be 4 distinct and separate position with positive lock at each

position of the circuit breaker on the cradle i.e Service Position, Test Position,

Isolated Position, Maintenance.

There shall be provision for locking the breaker in any or all of the first three

positions.

As an option, it should be possible to rotate the orientation of rear connections

from standard horizontal connections to vertical connection for better heat

dissipation.

vii. PROTECTIONS

The Thermal Magnetic based release unit shall be provided on circuit

breaker.

viii. MOULDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKER :

The moulded case circuit breaker (MCCB) shall be air break type and having

quick make – quick break with trip free operating mechanism.

Housing of the MCCB shall be of heat resistant and flame retardant insulating

material.

Operating (Rotary) handle of the MCCB shall be in front and clearly

indicate ON/OFF/TRIP positions.

Page 170: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 168 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

The electrical contacts of the circuit breaker shall be of high conducting non-

deteriorating silver alloy contacts.

The MCCB shall be provided with thermal / magnetic type bi-metal

overload release with overload setting (on front fascia) from 80% to 100%

and electromagnetic short circuit protection device with adjustable time

delay. All the releases shall operate on common trip busbar so that in case of

operation of any one of the releases in any of the three phases, it will cut off all

the three phases and thereby single phasing of the system is avoided.

The MCCB wherever called for in the appended drawings shall provide an

earth fault protection with C.Ts of the same manufacturer and factory

calibrated.

The MCCB shall provide 4 N0 + 4 NC auxiliary contacts (Auxiliary contactor)

with connections for additional controls at future date.

The electrical parameters of the MCCB shall be as per the description given in

the appended drawings.

The MCCB shall be provided with 230 V A.C motor for closing and

tripping / switching off for the feeders if indicated in single line diagram.

ix. SWITCH FUSE DISCONNECTOR UNIT :

The SDF should have been tested for Type II coordination along with fuse and

contactor /Overload relay combination. There should be a published chart of

type-II selection by the manufacturer.

The terminal of SDF should be suitable for termination of Aluminium busbars

and lugs.

The terminal size for SDFs rated upto 63A should be 15mm, upto 125A it

should be 20mm, upto 315A it should be 30mm and for 400A SDF terminal

size should be 40mm. For ratings more than 400A terminal size should be

55mm.

Page 171: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 169 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

The SDF should have Positive OFF indicator. This indicator should be directly

coupled to the position of the moving contacts.

The SDF should come in IP20 execution i.e Fuse cover, Terminal Cover and

Neutral Cover should come with SDF as standard.

There should be a provision of interlocking the fuse cover on the SDF such

that user should not be able to remove fuse cover when SDF is in ON position.

This interlocking facility should be supplied with SDF as standard.

The SDFs should be supplied with 5 nos phase barriers upto current rating

160A and 4 Phase barriers upto current rating 800A as standard. This is to

ensure that phase barriers not only prevent phase to phase short circuit but

also prevent access to live parts from two sides of the

x. SDF

The SDF should have self-cleaning moving roller contacts to ensure high

switching life.

The SDF should be suitable for mounting at 900 in the vertical plane.

There should be provision in the SDF for installing fuse monitoring system.

This should be a standard feature of the product.

xi. FUSE

Fuses shall be of high rupturing capacity (HRC) fuse links and shall be in

accordance with IS : 2000-1962 and having high rupturing capacity at 415 V.

HRC fuses shall be of the make as specified in Make of Material and are of the

rating as indicated in Single Line Diagram ( S.L.D).

xii. CONTACTORS:

The contactors shall meet with the requirements of IS : 13947 and BS : 775.

Page 172: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 170 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

The contactors shall have minimum making and breaking capacity in

accordance with utilization category AC3 and shall be suitable for minimum

Class II intermittent duty.

If the contactor forms part of a distribution board then a separate enclosure is

not required, but the installation of the contactor shall be such that it is not

possible to make an accidental contact with live parts.

xiii. METERS

Digital multi-function meter, digital ammeter/voltmeter, KWh meter, Load

manager etc. as indicated in S.L.D shall be square in shape of 96 x 96 mm.

Multi-function and load manager shall indicate minimum electrical parameters

viz. Amp. Volts, KW, KVA, KVAR, P.F, Hz. etc. and having communication port

for PC compatibility

xiv. CURRENT TRANSFORMER

Current transformer shall be in accordance with IS: 2705 - 1992 as amended

upto date. C.T’s shall be cast resin, primary wound only.

Where ammeters are called for C.T.s shall be provided for current measuring.

Each phase shall be provided with separate current transformer of accuracy

Class I and suitable VA burden for operation of associated metering and

controls. C.T for protection shall be of Class 5P10. C.T ratio and burdens shall

be as indicated in S.L.D

xv. PUSH BUTTONS

The push button unit shall comprise of the spring return type contact element,

a fixing holder, and a shrouded actuator. The push button shall be momentary

contact type. The contacts shall be of silver alloy and rated at 10 Amps.

continuous current rating. The actuator shall of standard type and colour as

per its usage for ON, OFF and TRIP. Push buttons shall be provided with 2 NO

+ 2 NC contacts

Page 173: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 171 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

xvi. INDICATING LAMPS

Indicating lamps assembly shall be 22.5 mm diameter, screw type with built in

resistor having non fading colour lens. LED type lamps are required. Colour

shade for the indicating lamps shall be as below :

ON indicating lamp : Red

OFF indicating lamp : Green

TRIP indicating lamp : Amber

PHASE indicating lamp : Red, Yellow, Blue

TRIP circuit healthy lamp : Milky

xvii. SELECTOR SWITCH

Selector switches shall be 3 way and OFF (4 position). The contacts shall be air

break wiping contacts of 16A/440V AC rating. Knob type handles shall be

provided. The selector switches shall be flush mounted on panel board.

xviii. EARTHING

One 32 x 6 mm GI earth bus shall run throughout the length of the panel

board. Two earthing terminal bolts on outside faces of panel board sides at the

bottom shall be provided for external connection. All non-current carrying

metallic parts shall be connected to the earth bus.

xix. DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTS

Following drawings shall be furnished by the contractor for approval of

Engineer-in-Charge.

i. Data sheet as per format enclosed in the tender document

ii. General Arrangement drawing showing plan with gland plate details,

elevation and side view sections

iii. Sectional elevation showing bus bar arrangements

Page 174: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 172 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

iv. Incoming bus duct joint flange and bus bar details

v. Single Line Diagram of LT panel board

vi. Control Scheme Diagram

vii. Wiring Diagram

viii. Terminal Block details

ix. Bus bar sizing calculation

xx. TESTING AND INSPECTION

The panel board and ACB shall be of type tested design. Type test certificates

of similar panel board and ACB shall be furnished. In the absence of type

tested design, the contractor has to type test the panel at his own cost and

type test certificates shall be furnished. All routine tests as per IS shall be

conducted on the completely assembled panel board. Routine tests shall be

witnessed by client’s representative. Witnessing inspection may be waived at

client’s discretion. However, witnessing the routine tests will not absolve the

contractor of his responsibilities and contractual obligations. Routine test

certificates of panel board, ACB, MCCB, SFU, CT, relays, meters shall be

furnished by the contractor.

4. SPECIFICATION FOR L.T. CAPACITOR BANK

The system shall be an Automatic Power Correction system, ready for

connection automatic compensation of reactive power in three phase supply

systems for NORMAL LOAD CHANGES. The Stages in the systems should

be switched ON and OFF using Electro Mechanical Contractors, to

respond to the dynamically Varying loads.

The response time of the systems shall be between 1 seconds.

Page 175: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 173 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

The System Power Output, Total Steps for Regulation, Individual Step power

available and physical steps KVAR ratings shall be as per the drawings

provided with this document.

The main components used in the systems include - The Controller, The

Electronic Contactors, The Capacitors, Fuse Links. The same has to be

provided with the manufacturers test certificate.

THE CONTROLLER SPECIFICATIONS

The controller should be able to provide following things.

RMS Voltage & Current Measure

Response Time - 10milli seconds to 20 millin seconds

4 Qudrant Operation

Dual Power Factor Set Points ( One Set point for DG and One Set point

for Electricity Board)

12 output (transistor outputs) contacts for capacitor switching through

electronic contactors.

Operating Frequency - 50 Hz or 60 Hz +/- 1% (Self Configurable)

No Voltage release protection, Inbuilt.

Automatic Setup Function

Dual Display.

MODBUS-RTU/ ASCII communication protocols.

Protection against Capacitor Overload & Panel Overheating.

Inbuilt Event logging facility, when harmonic limits exceeded.

Protection against Capacitor Overload & Panel Overheating.

Inbuilt Event logging facility, when harmonic limits exceeded

Page 176: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 174 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

Adjustable Tripping Sensitivity & Integral Switching Time.

Adjustable Reconnection Time Delay.

Should be capable of measuring the average weekly power factor,

Capacitor Overload, Electrical Panel Temperature, Voltage & Current

Harmonic Content.

Power Factor Adjustment to be possible from 0.80 Inductive To -0.8

Capacitive.

The Outputs provided by the Controller shall be Opto Isolated Bi-

Directional (Opto-MOSFET).

Material shall be Self Extingusihing Thermoplastic & Mounting shall be

Flush Mount (144mm * 144mm).

Approved Makes: Belek, Power Matrix, Epcos.

CAPACITORS SPECIFICATIONS

Capacitors shall be rated at 440 volts for continuous operation. Capacitors

shall be be completely DRY Type, and shall be provided in variants from 5

KVAR to 150 KVAR single bank. The capacitors should be rated to with stand

upto 20% Over Voltage continuously. The Over Voltage Capacity of the

capacitors should be 1.2 * Vn for 24 hours. The Over Current Capacity of the

capacitors shall be 1.5*in for 24 hours. Capacitors case shall be made of

Duroplastic Polyurethane. Capacitor Dielectric shall be MPP. Capacitor

Impregnant shall be Epoxy Resin based and Dry Type.

Capacitor shall have following three levels of inbuilt safety features.

Self-Healing

Over Pressure Disconnector

One electric fuse per phase

Page 177: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 175 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

Capacitor shall be class 2 insulated. The losses should be < 0.3 W/KVAR

inclusive of the discharge resistors. Tolerance on the capacitance shall not be

more than ± 5%.

5. SPECIFICATION FOR AUTO TRANSFER SWITCH (ASCO MAKE)

PART 1: GENERAL

i. Scope

Furnish and install automatic transfer switches (ATS) with number of poles,

amperage, voltage, and withstand current ratings as shown on the plans.

Each automatic transfer shall consist of an inherently double throw power

transfer switch unit and a microprocessor controller, interconnected to provide

complete automatic operation. All transfer switches and control panels shall be

the product of the same manufacturer.

ii. Acceptable Manufacturers

Automatic transfer switches shall be ASCO Series 7000 in the Main Panels &

Series 300 for the Metering Panels. Any alternate shall be submitted to the

consulting engineer in writing at least 10 days prior to bid. Each alternate bid

must list any deviations from this specification.

iii. Codes and Standards

The automatic transfer switches and accessories shall conform to the

requirements of:

A. UL 1008 - Standard for Automatic Transfer Switches

B. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code

C. NFPA 110 - Emergency and Standby Power Systems

D. IEEE Standard 446 - IEEE Recommended Practice for Emergency and

Standby Power Systems for Commercial and Industrial Applications

Page 178: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 176 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

NEMA Standard ICS10-1993 (formerly ICS2-447) - AC Automatic Transfer

Switches

NEC Articles 700, 701, 702

International Standards Organization ISO 9001: 2000

PART 2: PRODUCTS

i. Mechanically Held Transfer Switch

A. The transfer switch unit shall be electrically operated and mechanically

held. The electrical operator shall be a single-solenoid mechanism,

momentarily energized. Main operators which include overcurrent

disconnect devices will not be accepted. The switch shall be mechanically

interlocked to ensure only one of two possible positions, normal or

emergency.

B. The switch shall be positively locked and unaffected by momentary outages

so that contact pressure is maintained at a constant value and temperature

rise at the contacts is minimized for maximum reliability and operating life.

C. All main contacts shall be silver composition. Switches rated 600 amperes

and above shall have segmented, blow-on construction for high withstand

current capability and be protected by separate arcing contacts.

D. Inspection of all contacts shall be possible from the front of the switch

without disassembly of operating linkages and without disconnection of

power conductors. A manual operating handle shall be provided for

maintenance purposes. The handle shall permit the operator to manually

stop the contacts at any point throughout their entire travel to inspect and

service the contacts when required.

E. Designs utilizing components of molded-case circuit breakers, contactors,

or parts thereof which are not intended for continuous duty, repetitive

switching or transfer between two active power sources are not acceptable.

Page 179: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 177 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

F. Where neutral conductors must be switched, the ATS shall be provided with

fully-rated neutral transfer contacts.

G. Where neutral conductors are to be solidly connected, a neutral terminal

plate with fully-rated AL-CU pressure connectors shall be provided.

ii. Microprocessor Controller with Membrane Interface Panel

A. The controller shall direct the operation of the transfer switch. The

controller's sensing and logic shall be controlled by a built-in

microprocessor for maximum reliability, minimum maintenance, and

inherent serial communications capability. The controller shall be

connected to the transfer switch by an interconnecting wiring harness. The

harness shall include a keyed disconnect plug to enable the controller to be

disconnected from the transfer switch for routine maintenance.

B. The controller shall be enclosed with a protective cover and be mounted

separate from the transfer switch unit for safety and ease of maintenance.

Sensing and control logic shall be provided on printed circuit boards.

Interfacing relays shall be industrial grade plug-in type with dust covers.

C. The controller shall meet or exceed the requirements for Electromagnetic

Compatibility (EMC) as follows:

1. ANSI C37.90A/IEEE 472 Voltage Surge Test

2. NEMA ICS – 109.21 Impulse Withstand Test

3. IEC801-2 Electrostatic discharge (ESD) immunity

4. ENV50140 and IEC 801 – 3 Radiated electromagnetic field immunity

5. IEC 801 – 4 Electrical fast transient (EFT) immunity

6. ENV50142 Surge transient immunity

7. ENV50141: Conducted radio-frequency field immunity

Page 180: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 178 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

8. EN55011: Group 1, Class A conducted and radiated emissions

9. EN61000 –4 – 11 Voltage dips and interruptions immunity

iii. Enclosure

A. The ATS shall be furnished in a NEMA type 1 enclosure unless otherwise

shown on the plans.

B. Provide strip heater with thermostat for Type 3R enclosure requirements.

C. Controller shall be flush-mounted display with LED indicators for switch

position and source acceptability. It shall also include test and time delay

bypass switches.

PART 3: OPERATION

i. Voltage and Frequency Sensing

A. The voltage of each phase of the normal source shall be monitored, with

pickup adjustable to 95% of nominal and dropout adjustable from 70% to

90% of pickup setting.

B. Single-phase voltage and frequency sensing of the emergency source shall

be provided.

ii. Time Delays

A. An adjustable time delay shall be provided to override momentary normal

source outages and delay all transfer and engine starting signals.

B. An adjustable time delay shall be provided on transfer to emergency,

adjustable from 0 to 5 minutes for controlled timing of transfer of loads to

emergency.

C. A generator stabilization time delay shall be provided after transfer to

emergency.

Page 181: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 179 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

D. An adjustable time delay shall be provided on retransfer to normal,

adjustable to 30 minutes. Time delay shall be automatically bypassed if

emergency source fails and normal source is acceptable.

E. A 5-minute cool down time delay shall be provided on shutdown of engine

generator.

F. All adjustable time delays shall be field adjustable without the use of

special tools.

iii. Additional Features

A. A set of contacts rated 5 amps, 32 VDC shall be provided for a low-voltage

engine start signal. The start signal shall prevent dry cranking of the

engine by requiring the generator set to reach proper output, and run for

the duration of the cool down setting, regardless of whether the normal

source restores before the load is transferred.

B. A push-button type test switch shall be provided to simulate a normal

source failure.

C. A push-button type switch to bypass the time delay on transfer to

emergency, the engine exerciser period on the retransfer to normal time

delay whichever delay is active at the time the push-button is activated.

D. Terminals shall be provided for a remote contact which opens to signal the

ATS to transfer to emergency and for remote contacts which open to inhibit

transfer to emergency and/or retransfer to normal.

E. Auxiliary contacts, rated 10 amps, 250 VAC shall be provided consisting of

one contact, closed when the ATS is connected to the normal source and

one contact, closed, when the ATS is connected to the emergency source.

F. Indicating lights shall be provided, one to indicate when the ATS is

connected to the normal source (green) and one to indicate when the ATS is

connected to the emergency source (red). Also provide indicating lights for

both normal and emergency source availability.

Page 182: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 180 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

G. Terminals shall be provided to indicate actual availability of the normal and

emergency sources, as determined by the voltage sensing pickup and

dropout settings for each source.

H. Engine Exerciser - An engine generator exercising timer shall be provided,

including a selector switch to select exercise with or without load transfer.

I. Inphase Monitor - An Inphase monitor shall be inherently built into the

controls. The monitor shall control transfer so that motor load inrush

currents do not exceed normal starting currents, and shall not require

external control of power sources. The inphase monitor shall be specifically

designed for and be the product of the ATS manufacturer.

J. Selective Load Disconnect - A double throw contact shall be provided to

operate after a time delay, adjustable to 20 seconds prior to transfer and

reset 0 to 20 seconds after transfer. This contact can be used to selectively

disconnect specific load(s) when the transfer switch is transferred. Output

contacts shall be rated 6 amps at 28 VDC or 120 VAC.

Optional Accessories (Specify if Required)

K. Communications Interface - Serial Module (5110) to allow local or remote

communications with ASCO PowerQuest ® or SiteWeb ™ communication

products. The module shall be used to connect the Series 300, and ASCO

ATS Annunicators to the serial network via an RS-485 interface. The

module shall have two port connectors used for ATS & Standalone Power

Manager connectivity. (Accessory 72A).

L. Communications Interface – Connectivity Module (5150) to allow several

different serial devices that communicate at different baud rates and with

different protocols to a common Ethernet media. The module shall be used

to connect Series 300 and ASCO ATS Annunciators to the standard

Ethernet TCP/IP network with standard 10 base-T (RJ-45) connector. The

module shall be designed to communicate with up to 8 clients such as Web

Page 183: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 181 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

applications (web pages) or PowerQuest ® communication products

simultaneously over an Ethernet connection. (Accessory 72E).

M. Programmable Engine Exerciser - A seven or fourteen day programmable

engine exerciser with digital readout display. Shall include one form C

contact for availability of normal and emergency sources. Include “with or

without” load control switch for exerciser period. The exerciser shall be

backed up by a permanent battery. (Accessory 11BG).

N. Enclosure Heater - A 125 watt enclosure heater with transformer and

thermostat (adjustable from 30 to 140 F) (Accessory 44 G).

O. Power Monitoring and Control

A PowerQuest ® PC based Automatic Transfer Switch (ATS) remote monitoring

and control system designed to communicate with other ATSs located in

remote locations shall be provided. System shall utilize serial

communications capability inherent with the ATS microprocessor based

control panel offering. Refer to separate Suggested Specification.

A SiteWeb™ remote monitoring and control system that is accessible from

any network connected pc. It shall be an internet browser based system

that can be configured to remotely monitor and control from a pc connected

to the internet. Refer to separate Suggested Specification.

PART 4: ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

i. Withstand and Closing Ratings

The ATS shall be rated to close on and withstand the available rms

symmetrical short circuit current at the ATS terminals with the type of

overcurrent protection shown on the plans. WCR ATS ratings as be as

follows when used with specific circuit breakers:

Page 184: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 182 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

ATS Size Withstand & Closing

Rating MCCB

W/CLF

30 22,000A 100,000

70 - 200 22,000A 200,000

230 22,000A 100,000

260 – 400 42,000A 200,000

600 – 1200 65,000A 200,000

1600 – 2000 85,000A 200,000

2600 – 3000 100,000A 200,000

ii. Tests and Certification

A. The complete ATS shall be factory tested to ensure proper operation of the

individual components and correct overall sequence of operation and to

ensure that the operating transfer time, voltage, frequency and time delay

settings are in compliance with the specification requirements.

B. Upon request, the manufacturer shall provide a notarized letter certifying

compliance with all of the requirements of this specification including

compliance with the above codes and standards, and withstand and closing

ratings. The certification shall identify, by serial number(s), the equipment

involved. No exceptions to the specifications, other than those stipulated at

the time of the submittal, shall be included in the certification.

C. The ATS manufacturer shall be certified to ISO 9001: 2000 International

Quality Standard and the manufacturer shall have third party certification

verifying quality assurance in design/development, production, installation

and servicing in accordance with ISO 9001: 2000.

Page 185: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 183 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

iii. Service Representation

A. The ATS manufacturer shall maintain a national service organization of

company-employed personnel located throughout the contiguous United

States. The service center's personnel must be factory trained and must be

on call 24 hours a day, 365 days a year.

B. The manufacturer shall maintain records of each switch, by serial number,

for a minimum of 20 years.

C. For ease of maintenance, the transfer switch nameplate shall include

drawing numbers and serviceable part numbers.

Page 186: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 184 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

15. TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS

I] 415 PANEL BOARD

A. PANEL

1 Type Indoor single front free standing

2 Rated Voltage 415 V

3 No. of Phases Three phases and neutral

4 Frequency 50 Hz

5 Fault Level 25 MVA

6 Minimum Short Circuit Current 35 kA

7 Thickness of sheet steel

a) Main frame

b) Doors / Covers / Partitions c) Gland Plate

14 SWG

16 SWG

10 SWG

8 Cable entry From Top

9 Paint shade

a) Exterior

b) Interior c) Type

Shade 631 as per IS: 5

Shade 631 as per IS: 5

Seven tank process with powder

coating

10 Bus bar

a) Material b) Current Density c) Capacity

Copper

1.4 Amp / mm2 As per S.L.D ( Same

size of phase & neutral busbars )

11 Control wiring By 1.5 sq. mm. PVC insulated

stranded copper wire except CT

circuits. By 2.5 sq. mm. PVC insulated

stranded copper wire for CT circuits.

12 Gaskets Neoprene

Page 187: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 185 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

B. CIRCUIT BREAKER

1 Type Air Circuit Breaker

2 Rated Voltage 415 V

3 No. of Phases 3 (Three )

4 Frequency 50 Hz

5 Rated Current As per SLD

6 Fault Level 25 MVA

7 Breaking Capacity More than 45 kA

8 Making Capacity More than 80 kA

9 Main / Arcing Contacts Silver plated

10 Operating Mechanism Motor wound spring charged

11 Auxiliary / Control Voltage 230V AC

12 Method of Tripping Trip free

13 Operating Sequence O – 0.3 sec – CO – 3 min – CO

14 No. of auxiliary contacts 4 NO + 4 NC

C. MCCB

1 Type 3 or 4 Pole

2 Rating As per SLD

3 Tripping Shunt release

4 Rated Voltage 415 V

5 Rated Frequency 50 Hz

6 Breaking Capacity More than 45 Ka

Page 188: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 186 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

G. SELECTOR SWITCH

D. CURRENT TRANSFORMER (CT)

1 Type Cast resin

2 CT Ratio As per SLD

3 Accuracy Cl. 1.0 for Metering

5P10 for Protection

4 VA Burden 15 VA for each core

5 Insulation class E

E. DIGITAL METER

1 CT / PT Ratio As per SLD

2 Accuracy Class 1.0

3 Type Digital

4 Size 96 mm x 96 mm

5 Range As per SLD

6 Mounting Flush

7 Reference Standard IS: 1248

1 No. of positions 4 (3 – way and OFF)

2 Type of handle Knob

3 Voltage 440V AC

4 Current 16 A

5 Mounting Flush

Page 189: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 187 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

H. PUSH BUTTON

1 Rating 10A, 250V AC

2 Diameter 22.5 mm

3 Type of Actuator Shrouded

4 Contact elements 2 NO + 2 NC

5 Colour As per SLD

6 Type Spring Return

I. INDICATING LAMP

1 Type LED

2 Diameter 22.5 mm

3 Description As per SLD

4 Colour As per SLD

5 Resistor Required

Page 190: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 188 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

II] L.T CAPACITOR BANK & APFCR PANEL

1. GENERAL

1.1 Applicable Indian Standards IS 13340- 13585

1.2 Quantity As per BOQ

2. RATING

2.1 Basic Unit Rating As per drawing

2.2 Bank Rating As per drawing

2.3 Mode of connection As required

2.4 Voltage Rating 415 volts 10 %

2.5 Phase 3 Phase

2.6 Frequency 50 Hz,+3 % / - 6 %

2.7 Duty Indoor suitable for panel

mounting

3. DESIGN

3.1 Dielectric used MPP Type

3.2 Guaranteed Looses

Watts/KVAR

Less than 0.3

3.3 Sealing Hermetically sealed

3.4 Ambient Temp. 500 C

3.5 Type of cooling Natural air cooled

4. CAPACITOR CONTROL PANEL

4.1 Material of casing MS-CRCA

4.2 Thickness of casing 14 SWG

4.3 Painting Powder Coating

4.4 Type of Bushing

5. BUS BAR

5.1 Bus bar size & Rating TP, Copper

6. TESTING

6.1 Routine Testing Required

6.2 Loss Angle Test Required

Page 191: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 189 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

III] LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM.

i. SCOPE

The scope of work under this section covers the supply, installation,

connection, testing and commissioning of lightning protection system. The

contractor shall provide all materials, labour, equipments, scaffoldings etc., as

required for the complete lightning protection system.

ii. STANDARDS APPLICABLE

The lightning protection system shall comply with British Code of Practice 326:

1965 and I.S.2309:89- code of practice for the protection of buildings and

allied structures against lightning, Indian Electricity Act and Rules.

iii. GENERAL The lightning protection system consists of:

Air termination network. Roof conductors. Down conductors.

Testing joint Earth termination network.

iv. SYSTEM The lightning protection system shall be installed as indicated on the

drawings or in case such is not available the contractor shall prepare one as per British CP 326 or IS 2309:89 and get same approved by the Bank’s engineer/Consultant.

As air terminals shall be installed on the highest roof of the building, the air terminals shall be joined to horizontal roof conductor by means of

rivets/clamps. Roof conductor shall be laid horizontally on the roof as indicated on the drawing.

Down conductor shall be installed on the vertical surface of the building.

The down conductor shall be joined with roof conductors in the method as prescribed by the code. A test joint shall be provided in the down conductor 100mm above the ground level at a place which is easily

accessible for testing.

Page 192: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 190 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

The down conductor shall be joined with earth termination network

or to the earthing station as indicated on the drawing.

The earthing station and the earthing conductor shall be as per section under heading "EARTHING".

v. COMPONENT PART AIR TERMINALS AND ROOF CONDUCTORS

An air termination shall consist of vertical conductor or a system of

horizontal conductors and shall be installed along the outer perimeter of

the roof. No part of the roof shall be more than 9 m from the nearest

horizontal protective conductor.

All metallic projections, chimneys, ducts, vent pipe, railings, gutters etc.,

on or above the main surface of the roof of the structure shall be bonded

to and form part of the air termination network. The method and nature

of the fixing shall be simple, solid and permanent.

The minimum dimension of the air termination network shall be as

follows:

a) Aluminium - 40 x 6mm

b) Aluminium, aluminium alloy copper and bronze rods -10mm dia. The Air terminal shall be installed vertical on the highest point of the

roof and shall be clamped firmly with the structure. The roof conductor

shall be laid horizontally below the finishing of the roof surface.

DOWN CONDUCTOR

The number of down conductors shall be as follows: -

A structure having a base area not exceeding 100 sq.m shall have only

one down conductor.

For a structure having a base area exceeding 100 sq.m, the number of

down conductors shall equal to smaller of the following:

One, plus one for every 300 sq.m or part thereof in excess of the first

100 sq.m or one for every 30 m of perimeter.

The down conductor shall be distributed round the outside wall of the

structure.

Any external metal running vertically through the structure shall be

bonded to the down conductor at the top and bottom.

Page 193: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 191 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

A down conductor shall follow the most direct path possible between

the air terminals and the earth termination.

The size of the down conductor shall be similar to roof conductor/air

termination network.

Each down conductor shall be provided with a testing joint in such a

position that it is convenient for testing.

JOINTS AND BONDS The lightning protection system shall have as few joints as possible.

Joints and bonds shall be mechanically and electrically effective eg.

clamped, screwed, bolted, riveted or welded. With overlapping joint, the

length of overlapping shall not be less than 25mm for all types of

conductor.

Contact surfaces shall be first cleaned, then inhibited from oxidation

with a suitable non-corrosive compound. Joints of dissimilar metals

shall be protected from moisture by an inert, tenacious material.

vi. EARTH RESISTANCE

The resistance from any part of the lightning protection system to earth shall

not exceed 1 Ohm before any bonding has been effected to metal in or on a

structure or to services below ground. If the value obtained exceeds the

specified 1 Ohm it shall be reduced by adding to the number of earth

electrode.

Page 194: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 192 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

IV] LIGHT FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES

i. SCOPE

Scope of work under this section shall include inspection at suppliers /

manufacturer's premises, appropriate, receiving at site, safe storage,

transportation from point of storage to point of erection and erection of light

fittings, fixtures and accessories including all necessary supports, brackets,

down rods and painting as required. The contractor shall supply all materials

and accessories (other than those supplied by the Employer), labour, tools,

transportation, scaffolding etc., required for the completion of above work in all

respects.

ii. STANDARDS APPLICABLE

The lighting and their associated accessories such as lamps, reflectors,

housings, ballasts etc., shall comply with the latest applicable standards, more

specifically the following:

Electric light fittings General and safety requirements: IS - 1913.

Industrial lighting fittings with metal reflectors: IS - 1777

Decorative lighting outposts: IS - 5077 Flood Lights: IS - 1947 Luminaries for street lighting: IS - 2149

Bayonet lamp holders: IS - 1258 Bi-pin lamp holders for tubular fluorescent lamps: IS - 3323

Ballasts for use in fluorescent light fittings: IS - 1534 Starters for fluorescent lamp: IS - 2215 Ballast for HP MV lamps: IS - 6616

Capacitors for use in fluorescent, HPMV & LP sodium Vapour lamps circuits: IS - 2215

Tubular Fluorescent lamps: IS - 2418 (Part I)

High pressure mercury vapour lamps: IS - 2183 Tungsten filament general electric lamps: IS - 418

High pressure sodium vapour lamps: IS - 9974 (Part -I)

Page 195: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 193 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

iii. Light Fittings - General Requirements

Fittings shall be designed for continuous trouble free operation under

atmospheric conditions, reduction in lamp life or without deterioration of

materials and internal wiring. Outdoor fittings shall be weather - proof

and rain proof.

Fittings shall be so designed as to facilitate easy maintenance including

cleaning, replacement of lamps/starters etc.

All fittings shall be supplied complete with lamps. All mercury vapour

and sodium vapour lamp fittings shall be complete with accessories like

ballasts, power factor improvement capacitors, starters, etc. outdoor type

fittings shall be provided with weather proof boxes.

Fluorescent lamp fittings shall be complete with all accessories like

ballasts, power factor improvement capacitors, starters capacitors for

correction of stroboscopic effect.

Each fitting shall have a terminal block suitable for loop-out connection

by 1100 V PVC insulated copper conductor wires upto 4 sq.mm. The

internal wiring should be completed by the manufacturer by means of

standard copper wire and terminated on the terminal block.

All hardware used in the fitting shall be suitably plated or anodised and

passivated for use in industrial plants.

Earthing each light fitting shall be provided with an earthing terminal.

All metal or metal enclosed parts of the housing shall be bonded and

connected to the earth terminal so as to ensure satisfactory earthing

continuity throughout the fixture.

Painting/Finish All surfaces of the fittings shall be thoroughly cleaned

and degreased and the fittings shall be free from scale, rust, sharp-

edges, and burrs.

The housing shall be stove-enamelled or anodised as required. The

surface shall be scratch resistant and shall show no sign of cracking or

flaking when bent through 90 deg. over 12 mm dia mandrel.

Page 196: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 194 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

iv. LED Recessed Light Fittings – Technical Specifications Requirement

LED Recessed 2x2 ft. light fitting

1. Maximum power consumption – < 35 watt +/- 5 watt tolerance

2. Colour temperature 6000K +/-5% Tolerance

3. Power factor > = 0.9

4. Colour rendering index >= 70

5. Rated voltage 200 –240 volts/ 100 -242 volts if imported

6. Driver Integral (Part of the whole fitting in single casing)

7. Rated lumen Output >= 1000 Lm + / - 10 % tolerance

8. Ingress Protection IP 20 9. Housing Aluminum die cast housing duly powder coated

10. Diffuser PMMA (Poly methyl methacrylate) diffuser or equivalent. 11. Bezel colour White

12. Mounting specially designed Frame suitable for facilitating installation in Gypsum ceiling for recess mounted. LED Recessed Down Lighter Round 6’’ dia OR Square 6’’x6’’

1. Maximum power consumption – < 15 watt +/- 2 watt tolerance

2. Colour temperature 6000K +/-5% Tolerance

3. Power factor => 0.9

4. Colour rendering index => 70

5. Rated voltage 200 –240 volts/ 100 -242 volts if imported

6. Driver Integral (Part of the whole fitting in single casing)

7. Rated lumen Output => 1000 Lm + / - 10 % tolerance

8. Ingress Protection IP 20

9. Housing Aluminum die cast housing duly powder coated 10. Diffuser PMMA (Poly methyl methacrylate) diffuser or equivalent. 11. Bezel colour White

12. Mounting specially designed Frame suitable for facilitating installation in Gypsum ceiling for recess mounted.

Page 197: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 195 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

Warranty including LED driver - Minimum 6 years on complete fixture from date of final completion of work. ISO 9001:2008 or any subsequent revisions.

14 Photometric and electrical test report As per IS –16106 –2012/ IES

LM –79 –08 issued from laboratory having valid accreditation certificate of NABL.

v. DECORATIVE TYPE FITTINGS

Decorative fluorescent fittings shall be provided with mounting/housing

channel cum reflectors of CRCA sheet steel. Stove enamelled diffusers or

louvers shall be translucent white polystyrene.

vi. ACCESSORIES FOR LIGHT FITTINGS REFLECTORS :

The reflectors shall be made of CRCA sheet steel / aluminum / silvered glass /

Chromium plated sheet copper as required. The thickness of reflectors shall be

as per relevant standards. Reflectors made of steel shall have stove enameled /

vitreous enameled / epoxy coating finish. Aluminium used for reflectors shall

be anodised/epoxy stove enamelled/mirror polished. The finish for the

reflector shall be as specified. The reflectors shall be free from scratches

blisters and shall have a smooth and glossy surface having no premium

light reflecting coefficient. Reflectors shall be readily removable from the

housing for cleaning and maintenance without use of tools.

vii. LAMP/STARTERS HOLDERS :

Lamp holders shall have low contact resistance, shall be resistant to wear.

They shall hold lamps in position under normal conditions of shock and

vibration prevalent in an industrial atmosphere. Lamp holders for fluorescent

lamps shall be of spring loaded BI-pin rotar type. Live parts of the lamp holder

shall not be exposed during insertion or removal of the lamp or after the lamp

has been taken out.

Page 198: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 196 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

Lamp holders for incandescent and mercury vapour lamps shall be bayonet

type upto 100 W and Edison screw type for higher wattage. Starter holders for

fluorescent lamps shall be so designed that they are mechanically robust and

shall be capable of withstanding shocks during transit, installation and use.

viii. BALLASTS

The ballasts shall be designed for long life and low power loss. They shall be

mounted using self-locking, anti -vibration fixtures and shall be easy to

remove without demounting the fittings. The enclosures shall be dust tight

and non-combustible. Ballasts shall be inductive, heavy duty type, filled with

thermosetting, insulating, moisture repellent polyester compound filled

under pressure or vacuum. Ballasts shall be provided with taps to set the

voltage. The ballast wiring shall be of copper and they shall be free from dust.

Separate ballast shall be provided in case of multi-lamp fittings, except in case

of 2 x 20 W fittings. Starters shall have bi-metal electrodes of high

mechanical strength. Starters shall be replaceable without disturbing the

reflector of lamps and without use of any tool. Starters shall have brass

contacts and radio interference suppression capacitor.

ix. CAPACITORS

The Capacitors shall have a constant value of capacitance and shall be

connected across the supply of individual lamp circuits. The capacitor shall

have a value of capacitance so as to correct the power factor of its

corresponding lamp circuit to 0.95 lag or better. Capacitor shall be

hermetically sealed preferably in a metal enclosure to prevent seepage of

impregnant and ingress of moisture.

x. LAMPS

Incandescent lamps shall be clear type unless otherwise specified. Fluorescent

lamps shall be "day-light colour" type unless otherwise specified and shall be

provided with features to avoid blackckening of lamp ends. Mercury vapour

lamps shall be of high pressure, colour corrected type. Lamps shall be capable

of withstanding vibrations prevalent in an industrial atmosphere, the filament

/ electrodes shall not break under such circumstances.

Page 199: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 197 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

PL Lamps shall be energy effective compact single ended light sources in 9 to

11W ratings consisting of two narrow glass tubes welded together. The lamp

shall be complete with integral glow switch starter and capacitor and two

pin electrical connection the lamp shall be colour rendered to give warm

colour impression. The compact lamp shall have a long life and shall be energy

efficient.

xi. INSTALLATION :

The light fixtures and fittings shall be assembled and installed in position

complete and ready for service, in accordance with details, drawings,

manufacturer’s instructions and to the satisfaction of the Construction

Manager. Pendent fixtures specified with overall stem lengths are subject to

change and shall be checked with conditions on the job and installed as

directed. All suspended fixtures shall be mounted rigid and fixed in

position in accordance with drawings, instructions and the approval of

the Construction Manager. Fixtures shall be suspended true to alignment,

plumb, level and capable of resisting all lateral and vertical forces and shall be

fixed as required.

All suspended light fixtures, fans etc, shall be provided with concealed

suspension arrangement in the concrete slab/roof members. It is the duty of

the Contractor to make these provisions at the appropriate stage of

construction. Exhaust fans shall be fixed at location shown on drawings. They

shall be wired to a plug socket outlet at a convenient location near the fan. All

switch and outlet boxes, for fans and light fittings shall be bonded to earth.

The recessed type fixtures shall not be supported into the false ceiling frame

work. This shall have independent support from the socket of ceiling using

G.I.conduit down rods/chromium plated steel chain with provision for

adjusting the level of fitting. Wires shall be connected to all fixtures through

connector blocks. Wires brought out from junction boxes shall be encased in

flexible pipes for connecting to fixtures concealed in suspended ceiling. The

flexible pipes shall be check-nuted to the junction box with a brass bush

and double checknut at the fixture and flexible pipes, wherever used shall

be of make and quality approved by the Construction Manager/Client.

Page 200: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 198 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

V] EARTHING SYSTEM

i. SCOPE

This section covers the requirements for providing "Earthing" connection

to metal parts of equipment etc., The contractor shall supply all materials, labour, tools, plant etc., and everything necessary for the complete Earthing installation".

ii. STANDARDS APPLICABLE

The following standards shall be applicable:

IS 3043 -Code of practice for earthing. IEEE - 80:86.

IEEE - 142:92.

iii. GENERAL

All the non-current carrying metal parts of electrical installation shall be

earthed as per IS: 3043. All equipment, metal conduits, rising main cable

armour, switch gear, distribution boards, meters, all other metal parts

forming part of the work shall be bonded together and connected by two

separate and distinct conductors to earth electrodes. Earthing shall be in

conformity with the provisions of Rules 32, 61, 62, 67 and 68 of IER 1956.

iv. G.I. PIPE EARTH STATION

Electrodes shall be made of G.I. Pipe of internal diameter of 100mm dia. The

pipe electrode shall be as far as practicable embedded below permanent

moisture level. The length of the pipe electrode shall not be less than 2.5 m.

except where rock is encountered, pipes shall be driven to a depth of at least

2.5mtr where rock is encountered at a depth of less than 2.5mtr. The

electrode may be buried inclined to the vertical and the inclinations not more

than 30 dig C from the vertical. The pipe electrode shall be made of one piece.

Page 201: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 199 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

Earth leads to the electrode shall be laid in a heavy duty GI pipe and

connected to the pipe electrode with brass bolts, nuts and washers. GI pipe

shall be terminated in a wire meshed funnel. The funnel shall be enclosed in

a masonry chamber of 450mm x 450mm dimensions. The chamber shall be

provided with C.I. frame and CI inspection cover. The earth station shall also

be provided with a suitable permanent identifications label tag. The earth

electrode shall conform to IS: 3043 latest edition. The soil around the

earthing electrode shall be treated to reduce the resistivity of the soil by filling

the complete depth of electrode with alternative layers of charcoal and salt.

v. PLATE EARTH STATION

Plate electrodes shall be made of copper (CU) plate of 3mm thick and 600 x

600mm size. The plate shall be buried vertically in ground at a depth of

not less than 2.5 meters to the top of the plate, the plate being encased

in charcoal to a thickness of 300mm all round. It is preferable to bury the

electrode to a depth where subsoil water is present. Earth leads to the

electrode shall be laid in a heavy duty GI pipe and connected to the plate

electrode with brass bolts, nuts and washers. A GI pipe of not less than

19mm dia shall be clamped with bolts vertically to the plate and terminated

in a wire meshed funnel. The funnel shall be enclosed in a masonry chamber

of 450mm x 450mm dimensions. The chamber shall be provided with GI

frame and CI inspection cover. The earth station shall also be provided with

a suitable permanent identifications label tag. The earth electrode shall

conform to IS: 3043.

vi. EARTHING CONDUCTORS

All earthing conductors shall be of high conductivity copper and shall be

protected against mechanical damage and corrosion. The connection of earth

electrodes shall be strong secure and sound and shall be easily accessible.

The earth conductors shall be rigidly fixed to the walls, cable trenches, cable

tunnel, conduits and cables by using suitable clamps.

Main earth bus shall be taken from the main medium voltage panel to the

earth electrodes. The number of electrodes required shall be arrived at taking

into consideration the anticipated fault on the medium voltage network.

Page 202: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 200 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

Earthing conductors for equipment shall be run from the exposed metal

surface of the equipment and connected to a suitable point on the sub main

or main earthing bus. All switch boards, distribution boards and isolators

disconnect switches shall be connected to the earth, bus. Earthing

conductors shall be terminated at the equipment using suitable lugs, bolts,

washers and nuts.

All conduits cable armouring etc., shall be connected to the earth all along

their run by earthing conductors of suitable cross sectional area. The

electrical resistance of earthing conductors shall be low enough to permit the

passage of fault current necessary to operate a fuse/protective device or a

circuit breaker and shall not exceed 2 ohms.

vii. PRECAUTIONS

Earthing system shall be mechanically robust and the joints shall be capable

of retaining low resistance even after subjection to fault currents.

Joints shall be tinned, soldered and/or double riveted. All the joints shall be

mechanically and electrically continuous and effective. Joints shall be

protected against corrosion.

viii. TESTING

On the completion of the entire installation, the following tests shall be

conducted:

i) Earth resistance of electrodes

ii) Impedance of earth continuity conductors as per is 3043.

iii) Effectiveness of earthing as per is 3043.

All meters, instruments and labour required for the tests shall be provided

by the contractor. The test results shall be submitted in the prescribed

tabulated form in triplicate to the clients for approval.

Page 203: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 201 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

16. METHOD OF MEASUREMENTS FOR WORKS

(ELECTRICAL ITEMS)

1. POINT WIRING Mode of measurement is as follows:

For purposes of measurement the point wiring for lights/fans/6A

sockets (where 6A sockets are connected to lighting circuit loop) is

divided into two parts.

a) Point Wiring

b) Circuit Main a) POINT WIRING

The wiring for light/fan/6A socket (where 6A sockets are connected to lighting circuit loop) point starting from first

light/switch/fan and looping between switches/ fans/sockets etc., shall be measured either in `Number' or `Set'.

One light/fan point controlled by one switch is measured in Number

(No.) Set of Two or more light points controlled by one switch is measured in

`Sets'.

Where set of light points wired and controlled directly from MCB DB shall be measured in `Sets'. The rate for this item shall not include the

cost of switch & switch box. 6A socket wiring where connected to the lighting circuit loop is

measured in Number (No.)

b) CIRCUIT MAIN

i. The length of circuit main including conduit starting from MCB DB to first switch/light/fan shall be measured separately in `Linear Metres'

(Rm). (Futher wiring is measured in point wiring).

ii. Circuit main for wiring 6A sockets, 16A sockets and power outlets shall

be measured as under - Length of circuit wire including conduit starting from MCB DB to

outlets and looping between outlets shall be measured in linear meters (Rm).

The commercial type socket outlet with outlet box and cover plate shall

be measured in numbers (No.) The Industrial type socket outlet including MCB, plug top, outlet box

and cover plate shall be measured in numbers (No.)

The plug tops where called for shall be measured in numbers (No.)

Page 204: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 202 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

2. CABLES.

Mode of measurement is as follows:

All power cables including fixing accessories as described in specifications and SOQ are measured in linear meter (Rm).

Power cable terminations are measured in Number (No)

Control cables including terminations are measured in linear metres (Rm)

Cable trays and conduit/pipes are measured in linear meters (Rm).

3. LIGHTENTING PROTECTION SYSTEM.

The earth conductor (G.I. or Aluminum strip) including all accessories is measured in linear meter (Rm).

The air termination including support is measured in Number (No) Earthing stations with all associated works as described in SOQ are

measured in number (No).

4. LIGHT FITTINGS.

Installation of light fittings with all associated works including fixing

accessories is measured in numbers (No).

Supply and installation of down rods and C.P. Chain with associated

works as per SOQ and specifications are measured in linear meter

(Rm).

5. EARTHING

Mode of measurement is as follows:

Earth strips (GI/Cu), earth conductor are measured in linear meter

(Rm).

Earthing station with all associated works (G.I pipe or copper plate) is

measured in number (No)

Page 205: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 203 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

17. APPENDIX

ABSTRACT TO GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

1 Earnest money Deposit(EMD)/ Initial Security Deposit(ISD)

An initial part amount of Rs 8,20,000/-(Rupees eight lakh twenty thousand only) towards Earnest Money Deposit (EMD) by way of a Bank Guarantee from Nationalised Bank/ Scheduled Bank to be submitted along with the “Technical Bid”. The ISD (which will be 2% of the accepted tender value minus EMD) will be submitted by the contractor after awarding of the work.

2 Date of commencement Date of commencement shall be either one-week from the date of issue of work order to the contractor or day on which the contractor will take possession of site whichever is earlier

3 Period of Completion 10 weeks from the date of commencement

4 Defects Liability Period 12 months from the date of virtual completion

completion. 5 Agreed Liquidated Damages 0.25% of the value of the accepted tender

for every week of delay or part thereof,

subject to maximum of 5% of the value of

the accepted tender. 6 Period of Final Measurement 30 days

7 Value of work for the issue of Interim Certificate

Certificate

Minimum Rs 75.00 Lakhs per month

8 Retention money from each interim bill

5% of all the RA bills

Ra

9 Total retention money including Earnest Money and initial security deposit

As per Clause 11, of General Conditions

10 Consultants certificate of payment 15 days after submission of interim bills

by the Contractor.

11 Period of honoring payment certificate

15 working days from date of Consultant’s

certificate of payment for interim bills and

its acceptance to employer.

12 Delayed Payments No interest will be paid on this account

Page 206: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 204 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

18. DECLARATION

I/We have inspected the site of works and have made me / we fully

acquainted with the local conditions in and around the sites of works.

I/We hereby declare that I/We have gone through the conditions laid down

in the Notice Inviting Tender, Conditions of Contract, Technical

Specifications and understood the same and on the basis of the same I/We

quoted our rates in the Schedule of Quantities attached with the tender

documents.

I/We shall also uniformly maintain such progress as may be directed by the

Employer / Consultant to ensure completion of same within the target date

as mentioned in the tender document.

Witness: _____________________

Signature of Tenderer

Address : _____________________________

_____________________________

______________________________

Date : __________________

Note: All Technical clarification if any should form a part of technical bid.

Technical clarification after opening of the Tender will not be entertained at

any cost.

Page 207: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 205 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

List of approved makes of different equipment/materials to be used in this project

S.NO. DETAILS OF EQUIPMENT

AND MATERIALS

MANUFACTURER’s NAME

EQUIPMENT

1 VRF type multi split units LG (KOREA) / Daikin (JAPAN) / Blue

Star / Hitachi

2 Centrifugal Fans Green Heck / Nutech

3 Exhaust Fan Section & fan

Filter Unit

Nutech / Zeco

4 Inline Fans Kruger / Caryaire

5 Propeller fans GEC/ Alstom

6 V-Belts Fenner India / Dunlop

7 Motors Siemens / ABB

8 Variable Frequency Drive Siemens / Danfoss

S.NO DETAILS OF EQUIPMENT

AND MATERIALS

MANUFACTURER’S NAME

1. AIR DISTRIBUTION

GS Sheet

SAIL/Tata Steel/Jindal

2. Pre Filters airtech / thermadyne

3. Fine Filters/Carbon filters airtech / Thermadyne / Klenzaids

4. Metallic air Filters Thermadyne / Airpack

5. Anti-vibration canvass sleeve Caryaire/Mapro/Tanus/Servex

6. Extruded Aluminum grilles &

diffusers

Komalko / Trox / System Air

7. Air transfer grilles Komalko / Trox / System Air

Page 208: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 206 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

8. Fire Dampers

a) Bare Dampers

b) Actuators

Komalko / Trox / System Air

Belimo / Siemens

9. Kitchen Hoods Airmaster / Citizen

10. Sound Attenuators Komalko / Trox / System Air

11. Intake Louvers Komalko / Trox / System Air

12. Duct Dampers Komalko / Trox / System Air

13. Air Curtains Beacon / Thermadyne

14. Rubber Insertion for mating

flanges of duct.

Escotape / Arrowflex

15. Dash Fastners/ Suspension

accessories for

ducts/pipes/cables

Ficher / HILTI

16. AUTO TRANSFER SWITCH

(MAINS to DG)

ASCO 300 / RUSSEL ELECTRIC

(USA)

17. ELECTRICAL PANEL BUILDER SMASH CONTROLS / S.S.

CONTROLS

18. FIRE ALARM / PUBLIC

ADDRESS SYATEM

FIKE / NOTIFIRE

19. LED LIGHTING WITH SENSOR

& DALI CONTROLLER

PHILIPS / OSRAM/GM

20. WIRE & CABLE FINOLEX / POLYCAB

21. GI CONDUIT JAVERI / EQUI

22. FALSE CEILING GYPROC / EQUI

23. TRANSFORMER & CSS SIEMENS / ABB / TELAWNE

24. EARTH PIT (MAINTAINANCE

FREE)

ELINK / ASHLOCK

25. DISTRIBUTION BOARD & MCB LEGRAND / SCHNEIDER

26. SWITCH GEAR (MCCB & ACB) SIEMENS / SCHNEIDER/L&T

Page 209: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 207 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

27. CABLE TYAY CABELOFIL / PROFAB

28. SWITCH / SOCKET NOWASYS / ARTIOR / ZENCELLO

29. RACEWAY & JUNCTION BOX JINDAL / MK

30. BUS DUCT SIEMENS / SCHNIDER

31 Surge Protection devices ASCO / EQUI

NOTE:

Make of any other equipment not mentioned above shall be got approved from the

Employer before execution.

Any other equivalent make in place of the above makes can be provided if the same

meets the standards and is acceptable to the Employer/Consultant

Page 210: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 208 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

BLANK PAGE

Page 211: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 209 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

20. Format of Bank Guarantee for EMD

The Chief General Manager

NABARD, Maharashtra Regional Office

54 Wellesley road, Shivaji Nagar

Pune, 411005

Dear Sir

WHEREAS the National Bank for Agriculture and Rural Development, a body

corporate established under the NABARD Act, 1981 (hereinafter referred to as

NABARD, which expression shall, include its successors and assigns) has invited

tenders S / I / T/ C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL REQUIRED CIVIL

& ALLIED WORKS, FOR NABARD, MAHARASHTRA REGIONAL OFFICE,

SHIVAJI NAGAR, PUNE

WHEREAS ………………………………………hereinafter called the “Tenderer” has

represented to us that they intend to participate in the tender for the said Project.

AND WHEREAS it is one of the condition of the said tender that the Tenderer shall

deposit with NABARD at the time of submitting the tender a sum of Rs. 8,20,000/-

(Rupees eight lakh twenty thousand only) as and by way of Earnest Money Deposit

(EMD), which shall not bear any interest and which shall be liable for forfeiture in

the event of the Tenderer, after acceptance of his tender by NABARD, failing to

observe any of the terms and conditions of the tender or the Tenderer not

completing the said project to the satisfaction of NABARD.

AND WHEREAS at the request of the Tenderer, NABARD has agreed not to insist

for payment of the said EMD in cash and accept Bank Guarantee from a Scheduled

/Nationalized Bank in lieu thereof and has agreed to accept the same from us, the

Bank, as hereinafter contained.

In the premises aforesaid and in consideration of NABARD having agreed to exempt

the tenderer from depositing the said EMD in cash,

Page 212: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 210 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

WE,_________________________Bank having our Head Office at

___________________and one of our Branches at ___________________Do hereby

unconditionally and irrevocably guarantee unto NABARD that the Tenderer will

execute the Agreement soon upon acceptance of the tender by NABARD and will

diligently, efficiently and satisfactorily perform all their obligations under the

various terms and conditions of the said tender (read with any amendments made

thereto by mutual consent of NABARD and the Tenderer) to the satisfaction of

NABARD within the time stipulated therein, failing which WE

the__________________________Bank shall, on demand and without demur, pay to

NABARD the sum of Rs. 8,20,000/- (Rupees eight lakh twenty thousand only) at

its office at Pune.

We _____________________________________________Bank further covenant that

(a) Our Liability under this guarantee shall not exceed Rs. 8,20,000 (Rupees eight

lakh twenty thousand only)

(b) We shall pay the aforesaid sum on demand made in writing by NABARD

without reference to the Tenderers and notwithstanding any dispute or difference

that may exist or arise between NABARD and the tenderer;

(c) That this guarantee shall be a continuing guarantee and shall not be revoked

by us without prior consent in writing of NABARD.

(d) that the decision of NABARD on the breach of any of the terms and conditions

of the said contract / tender by the Tenderers or their failure to perform their

obligations or discharge their duties under the said tender / contract shall be final

and binding on us and shall not be disputed by us inside or outside the court,

tribunal, arbitration or other authority;

(e) that the notice of demand in writing issued by NABARD shall be conclusive

proof as regards the amount due and payable to NABARD under this guarantee

and it shall not be disputed by us either inside or outside the court, tribunal or

arbitration or other authority;

(f) that any neglect or forbearance on the part of NABARD in enforcing any of the

terms and conditions of the said tender / contract or any indulgence shown by

NABARD to the Tenderer or any variation in the said tender / contract terms made

by mutual agreement between NABARD and the Tenderer or any other act or deed

on the part of NABARD which but for this clause may have the effect of discharging

us under the law relating to guarantee / sureties shall not discharge us from our

obligations herein and we shall be discharged only by compliance by the Tenderers

Page 213: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 211 SEAL AND SIGN OF BIDDER

with all their obligations / duties under the said tender / contract or by payment of

the sum.

(g) that this guarantee shall not be affected by any infirmity or absence or

irregularity in the exercise of the powers by or on behalf of the tenderers to submit

the said tender and enter into the said contract or any change in the constitution

or dissolution of the Tenderers or change in its name;

(h) that it shall not be necessary for NABARD to exhaust its remedies against the

Tenderers before invoking this guarantee and the guarantee therein contained shall

be enforceable against us notwithstanding any other security which the NABARD

may have obtained or may hereafter be obtained from the Tenderers at the time

when this guarantee is invoked is outstanding and unrealized;

(i) that we hereby agree that this guarantee shall be valid and be in force for a

period of Six months or 90 days from the date of opening of the price bid,

whichever is later (the expiry date) and we hereby agree to renew this guarantee for

such further period or periods at the request of NABARD and such renewal shall be

entirely at the cost and expense of the Tenderer.

(j) Any claim arising under this guarantee shall be preferred by NABARD within

a period of six months from the aforesaid expiry date or, in the event of any

renewal, within a period of six months from the date of expiry of such renewed

period extended by such renewal, and unless the claim is so preferred against us,

we shall stand discharged of all our liabilities hereunder irrespective of the fact

whether the Guarantee in original is returned back to us or not.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Bank, through its authorized officer, has set its hand

and stamp on this day of ………………………………………

Date:

For and on behalf of

_______________Bank

(Authorized Official)

Page 214: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 212

BLANK PAGE

Page 215: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 213

DRAWINGS

Page 216: TENDER FOR S / I / T / C OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM & ALL ... · WORKS (Electrical Items) 201 202 17. APPENDIX 203 203 18. DECLARATION 204 204 19. APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS

Page 214

BLANK PAGE